Перевод: со всех языков на все языки

со всех языков на все языки

the pleasure principle

  • 1 pleasure

    pleasure ['pleʒə(r)]
    1 noun
    (a) (enjoyment, delight) plaisir m;
    ∎ to write/to paint for pleasure écrire/peindre pour le plaisir;
    ∎ are you here on business or for pleasure? êtes-vous là pour affaires ou pour le plaisir?;
    ∎ to take or to find pleasure in doing sth prendre plaisir ou éprouver du plaisir à faire qch;
    ∎ I'd accept your invitation with pleasure, but… j'accepterais votre invitation avec plaisir, seulement…;
    ∎ another beer? - with pleasure! une autre bière? - avec plaisir ou volontiers!;
    ∎ the pleasures of country life les plaisirs mpl de la vie à la campagne;
    ∎ it's one of my few pleasures in life c'est un de mes rares plaisirs dans la vie;
    ∎ thank you very much - my pleasure! or it's a pleasure! merci beaucoup - je vous en prie!;
    ∎ it's a great pleasure (to meet you) ravi de faire votre connaissance;
    ∎ I haven't the pleasure of knowing her je n'ai pas le plaisir de la connaître;
    ∎ formal would you do me the pleasure of having lunch with me? me feriez-vous le plaisir de déjeuner avec moi?;
    ∎ formal may I have the pleasure (of this dance)? m'accorderez-vous ou voulez-vous m'accorder cette danse?;
    ∎ formal Mr and Mrs Evans request the pleasure of your company at their son's wedding M. et Mme Evans vous prient de leur faire l'honneur d'assister au mariage de leur fils
    ∎ at your pleasure à votre guise;
    ∎ they are appointed at the chairman's pleasure ils sont nommés selon le bon vouloir du président;
    ∎ British euphemism detained at His/Her Majesty's pleasure emprisonné pour longtemps
    (boat, yacht) de plaisance; (park) de loisirs; (cruise, tour) d'agrément
    archaic or literary plaire à, faire plaisir à
    ►► pleasure beach parc m d'attractions en bord de mer;
    pleasure boat bateau m de plaisance;
    the pleasure principle le principe de plaisir;
    pleasure trip excursion f

    Un panorama unique de l'anglais et du français > pleasure

  • 2 pleasure

    'pleʒə
    (something that gives one enjoyment; joy or delight: the pleasures of country life; I get a lot of pleasure from listening to music.) glede, fornøyelse
    - pleasurably
    - pleasure-boat / pleasure-craft
    - take pleasure in
    fornøyelse
    --------
    glede
    --------
    lyst
    I
    subst. \/ˈpleʒə\/
    1) glede, fornøyelse
    • it is a great pleasure for me to...
    det er meg en stor glede å...\/ det er en stor glede for meg å...
    • oh, do come - it would give me such pleasure
    2) nytelse, lyst, lystfølelse
    et liv i nytelse, et liv viet til nytelse
    3) seksuell tilfredsstillelse, seksuell nytelse
    4) ønske, vilje, valg, forgodtbefinnende
    afford\/give pleasure to someone glede noen, skjenke noen glede
    at one's pleasure etter eget ønske, etter behag, etter eget forgodtbefinnende
    derive pleasure from eller find pleasure in ha glede av, finne glede i
    during His\/Her Majesty's pleasure (britisk, jus) på ubestemt tid, så lenge kongen\/dronningen finner det for godt
    give someone pleasure tilfredsstille noen seksuelt
    have pleasure in ha glede av, finne glede i
    have the pleasure of ha gleden av å, ha fornøyelsen av å
    • may I have the pleasure of the next dance with you?
    man of pleasure levemann, livsnyter
    my pleasure! ( som svar på takk) ingen årsak!, ingenting å takke for!, gleden er på min side!
    the pleasure principle ( psykologi) lystprinsippet
    pleasure resort forlystelsessted
    take no pleasure in mislike å, ikke like å
    take pleasure in ha glede av (å gjøre)
    with pleasure med glede, gjerne, mer enn gjerne
    II
    verb \/ˈpleʒə\/
    glede, tilfredsstille (spesielt seksuelt)
    pleasure in ( hverdagslig) finne glede i, nyte
    III
    adj. \/ˈpleʒə\/
    lyst-

    English-Norwegian dictionary > pleasure

  • 3 pleasure

    ˈpleʒə
    1. сущ.
    1) желание, воля;
    склонность, расположенность;
    тж. книж. соизволение to consult smb.'s pleasure ≈ интересоваться чужим мнением, считаться с чужим мнением, интересами at (smb.'s) pleasure ≈ как( кому-л.) заблагорассудится, по (чьему-л.) желанию during smb.'s pleasure ≈ так долго, как кому-л. заблагорассудится Syn: wish
    1., desire
    1., inclination
    2) удовольствие (просто приятное ощущение, эмоция) ;
    тж. кто-л. или что-л., доставляющее удовольствие to do/show (one) (a) pleasure ≈ оказать кому-л. любезность, милость;
    доставлять кому-л. удовольствие not to have the pleasure of knowing smb. ≈ не иметь удовольствия быть знакомым( с кем-л.) it gave me great pleasure to make your acquaintance ≈ я был очень рад познакомиться с вами may I have the pleasure of a dance? ≈ могу ли я удостоиться чести танцевать с вами? with great pleasure ≈ с большим, превеликим удовольствием to feel, find, take pleasure in ≈ находить удовольствие в the pleasure was (all) mine ≈ (нет, это вам) спасибо! (употребляется как ответ на реплику благодарности) It gives me great pleasure to present the next speaker. ≈ Я с большим удовольствием представлю следующего выступающего. you're such a pleasure to talk to ≈ с вами так приятно разговаривать Syn: delectation, delight
    1., joy
    3) а) (чувственное) удовольствие;
    наслаждение, удовлетворение to forgo a pleasure ≈ воздерживаться, отказываться от удовольствия to afford, give pleasure ≈ доставлять, приносить удовольствие to derive pleasure from ≈ получать удовольствие от б) развлечение, (плотские) радости to be fond of pleasure ≈ любить развлекаться genuine, real pleasure ≈ истинное удовольствие rare pleasure ≈ редкое удовольствие pleasure car, boat ≈ прогулочный (спортивный) автомобиль, лодка pleasure trip ≈ увеселительная поездка, прогулка ∙ man/woman of pleasure ≈ жуир, транжир(ка) lady of pleasure, woman of pleasure ≈ куртизанка, женщина легкого поведения pleasures of the table ≈ украшение, гордость стола( о вкусной пище и питье) pleasure dome ≈ курорт, веселое место pleasure principle ≈ принцип получения удовольствия Syn: delectation, delight
    1., ecstasy, enjoyment, fun
    1., glee, joy, rapture Ant: agony, displeasure, misery, pain
    1., sadness, sorrow
    1., suffering
    2. гл.
    1) а) радовать, доставлять удовольствие( кому-л. чем-л. with) you will always pleasure me with your company ≈ ваша компания всегда мне будет приятна it pleasured him to see the smoke ≈ вид дыма порадовал его Syn: gratify б) получать, находить удовольствие (обык. с in (doing) smth., to do smth.) ;
    радоваться( чему-л.) there are weird things I can pleasure in ≈ есть странные вещи, которые мне нравится делать Syn: delight
    2.
    2) доставлять удовольствие, удовлетворять( в сексуальном плане) she was the first one he ever pleasured ≈ она была первой, кого он смог удовлетворить Syn: gratify, satisfy
    3) разг. развлекаться (в баре, клубе и т. п.), оттягиваться, кайфовать (радоваться жизни, веселиться и т. п.) удовольствие - to take /to find, to have/ * in (doing smth.) находить большое удовольствие( в чем-л.) - to do smb. a * доставлять кому-л. удовольствие - I will do myself the * of calling on you я с большим удовольствием навещу вас - with great * с большим удовольствием - with the greatest (of) * с огромным удовольствием - I shall have great * in seeing you again буду очень рад снова увидеть вас /встретиться с вами/ - I have * in informing you с (большим) удовольствием сообщаю вам /ставлю вас в известность/ - it will be a * to me... мне будет очень приятно... - it is a great * to me to be present мне доставляет большое удовольствие присутствовать - it is a real * to learn that я с большим удовольствием узнал, что - I have not the * of knowing him я не имею удовольствия быть с ним знакомым - it gave me great * to make his acquaintance я был очень рад познакомиться с ним - may I have the * of a dance? разрешите пригласить вас на танец? - do me the * of dining with me окажите мне честь и отобедайте со мной - they request the * of your company to dinner они просят оказать им честь и отобедать с ними наслаждение;
    удовольствие - man of * жуир, сибарит - woman of * (устаревшее) проститутка;
    женщина легкого поведения - life of *, life given up to * жизнь, полная наслаждений - on * bent жаждущий (только) наслаждаться жизнью;
    думающий только о развлечениях и т. п. развлечение - * trip увеселительная прогулка /поездка/ - to be fond of * любить развлекаться - to take one's * развлекаться - if you take your *s in that way если вас это забавляет /развлекает/ - a place with no opportunities for * место, где нет никаких развлечений (книжное) воля, соизволение, желание - at (smb.'s) * по (чьему-л.) желанию;
    как заблагорассудится - during smb.'s * так долго, как /пока/ кому-л. угодно - what is your *? что вам угодно? - without consulting my * не спросив о моем желании - I shall not consult his * я не буду считаться с его желанием > I'm so glad to meet you. - The * is (all) mine очень рад с вами познакомиться. - И я тоже( книжное) доставлять удовольствие - I * in your company мне доставляет удовольствие быть среди вас - will you not * us with your company? не доставите ли вы нам удовольствие своим присутствием? - I'll do anything to * you я сделаю все, чтобы доставить вам удовольствие - it *s me to know you я рад знакомству с вами (часто in) находить удовольствие - how can anyone * in such music? как может нравиться такая музыка? (разговорное) развлекаться;
    искать развлечений at ~ по желанию;
    during (smb.'s) pleasure так долго, как (кому-л.) угодно at ~ по желанию;
    during (smb.'s) pleasure так долго, как (кому-л.) угодно pleasure воля, соизволение;
    желание;
    what is your pleasure? что вам угодно?;
    I shall not consult his pleasure я не буду считаться с его желаниями pleasure воля, соизволение;
    желание;
    what is your pleasure? что вам угодно?;
    I shall not consult his pleasure я не буду считаться с его желаниями ~ доставлять удовольствие ~ разг. искать развлечений ~ находить удовольствие (in) ~ удовольствие, наслаждение;
    развлечение;
    to take pleasure (in smth.) находить удовольствие (в чем-л.) ;
    man of pleasure жуир, сибарит ~ attr. увеселительный;
    pleasure car спортивный автомобиль для прогулок;
    pleasure trip увеселительная поездка ~ attr. увеселительный;
    pleasure car спортивный автомобиль для прогулок;
    pleasure trip увеселительная поездка ~ attr. увеселительный;
    pleasure car спортивный автомобиль для прогулок;
    pleasure trip увеселительная поездка ~ удовольствие, наслаждение;
    развлечение;
    to take pleasure (in smth.) находить удовольствие (в чем-л.) ;
    man of pleasure жуир, сибарит pleasure воля, соизволение;
    желание;
    what is your pleasure? что вам угодно?;
    I shall not consult his pleasure я не буду считаться с его желаниями

    Большой англо-русский и русско-английский словарь > pleasure

  • 4 pleasure

    ['pleʒə] 1. сущ.
    1) удовольствие; кто-л. или что-л., доставляющее удовольствие

    with great pleasure — с большим, превеликим удовольствием

    to do / show (one) (a) pleasure — оказать кому-л. любезность, милость; доставлять кому-л. удовольствие

    to feel / find / take pleasure in smth. — находить удовольствие в чём-л.

    not to have the pleasure of knowing smb. — не иметь удовольствия быть знакомым (с кем-л.)

    It gave me great pleasure to make your acquaintance. — Я был очень рад познакомиться с вами.

    The pleasure was (all) mine. — (Нет, это вам) спасибо! ( употребляется как ответ на реплику благодарности)

    It gives me great pleasure to present the next speaker. — Я с большим удовольствием представлю следующего выступающего.

    Syn:
    2) желание, воля; склонность, расположенность

    to consult smb.'s pleasure — интересоваться чужим мнением, считаться с чужим мнением, интересами

    at (smb.'s) pleasure — как (кому-л.) заблагорассудится, по (чьему-л.) желанию

    during smb.'s pleasure — так долго, как кому-л. заблагорассудится

    Syn:
    3) книжн. соизволение
    4)
    а) удовольствие; наслаждение, удовлетворение; (плотские) радости

    to forgo a pleasure — воздерживаться, отказываться от удовольствия

    to afford / give pleasure — доставлять, приносить удовольствие

    to derive pleasure from smth. — получать удовольствие от чего-л.

    lady of pleasure, woman of pleasure — уст. куртизанка (женщина лёгкого поведения, имеющая покровителей в высшем обществе)

    pleasures of the table — украшение, гордость стола ( о вкусной пище и питье)

    pleasure principle — психол. принцип получения удовольствия

    б) развлечение, удовольствие

    genuine / real pleasure — истинное удовольствие

    pleasure car / boat — прогулочный ( спортивный) автомобиль, лодка

    pleasure trip — увеселительная поездка, прогулка

    pleasure dome — курорт, весёлое место

    •
    Syn:
    Ant:
    2. гл.
    1)
    а) радовать (кого-л.), доставлять удовольствие (кому-л. чем-л.)

    You will always pleasure me with your company. — Ваша компания всегда мне будет приятна.

    It pleasured him to see the smoke. — Вид дыма порадовал его.

    Syn:
    б) обычно ( pleasure in) получать, находить удовольствие; радоваться (чему-л.)

    There are weird things I can pleasure in. — Есть странные вещи, которые мне нравится делать.

    Syn:
    2) доставлять удовольствие, удовлетворять ( в сексуальном плане)

    She was the first one he ever pleasured. — Она была первой, кого он смог удовлетворить.

    Syn:
    3) разг. развлекаться, отрываться (в баре, клубе); радоваться жизни, веселиться, оттягиваться

    Англо-русский современный словарь > pleasure

  • 5 принцип удовольствия

    the pleasure principle

    Русско-английский синонимический словарь > принцип удовольствия

  • 6 БИБЛИОГРАФИЯ

    Мы приняли следующие сокращения для наиболее часто упоминаемых книг и журналов:
    IJP - International Journal of Psycho-analysis
    JAPA - Journal of the American Psychoanalytic Association
    SE - Standard Edition of the Complete Psychological Works of Sigmund Freud, ed. James Strachey (London: Hogarth Press and the Institute of Psycho-Analysis, 1953—74.)
    PSOC - Psychoanalytic Study of the Child (New Haven: Yale University Press)
    PQ - Psychoanalytic Quarterly
    WAF - The Writings of Anna Freud, ed. Anna Freud (New York: International Universities Press, 1966—74)
    PMC - Psychoanalysis The Major Concepts ed. Burness E. Moore and Bernard D. Fine (New Haven: Yale University Press)
    \
    О словаре: _about - Psychoanalytic Terms and Concepts
    \
    1. Abend, S. M. Identity. PMC. Forthcoming.
    2. Abend, S. M. (1974) Problems of identity. PQ, 43.
    3. Abend, S. M., Porder, M. S. & Willick, M. S. (1983) Borderline Patients. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    4. Abraham, K. (1916) The first pregenital stage of libido. Selected Papers. London, Hogarth Press, 1948.
    5. Abraham, K. (1917) Ejaculatio praecox. In: selected Papers. New York Basic Books.
    6. Abraham, K. (1921) Contributions to the theory of the anal character. Selected Papers. New York: Basic Books, 1953.
    7. Abraham, K. (1924) A Short study of the development of the libido, viewed in the light of mental disorders. In: Selected Papers. London: Hogarth Press, 1927.
    8. Abraham, K. (1924) Manic-depressive states and the pre-genital levels of the libido. In: Selected Papers. London: Hogarth Press, 1949.
    9. Abraham, K. (1924) Selected Papers. London: Hogarth Press, 1948.
    10. Abraham, K. (1924) The influence of oral erotism on character formation. Ibid.
    11. Abraham, K. (1925) The history of an impostor in the light of psychoanalytic knowledge. In: Clinical Papers and Essays on Psychoanalysis. New York: Basic Books, 1955, vol. 2.
    12. Abrams, S. (1971) The psychoanalytic unconsciousness. In: The Unconscious Today, ed. M. Kanzer. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    13. Abrams, S. (1981) Insight. PSOC, 36.
    14. Abse, D W. (1985) The depressive character In Depressive States and their Treatment, ed. V. Volkan New York: Jason Aronson.
    15. Abse, D. W. (1985) Hysteria and Related Mental Disorders. Bristol: John Wright.
    16. Ackner, B. (1954) Depersonalization. J. Ment. Sci., 100.
    17. Adler, A. (1924) Individual Psychology. New York: Harcourt, Brace.
    18. Akhtar, S. (1984) The syndrome of identity diffusion. Amer. J. Psychiat., 141.
    19. Alexander, F. (1950) Psychosomatic Medicine. New York: Norton.
    20. Allen, D. W. (1974) The Feat- of Looking. Charlottesvill, Va: Univ. Press of Virginia.
    21. Allen, D. W. (1980) Psychoanalytic treatment of the exhibitionist. In: Exhibitionist, Description, Assessment, and Treatment, ed. D. Cox. New York: Garland STPM Press.
    22. Allport, G. (1937) Personality. New York: Henry Holt.
    23. Almansi, R. J. (1960) The face-breast equation. JAPA, 6.
    24. Almansi, R. J. (1979) Scopophilia and object loss. PQ, 47.
    25. Altman, L. Z. (1969) The Dream in Psychoanalysis. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    26. Altman, L. Z. (1977) Some vicissitudes of love. JAPA, 25.
    27. American Psychiatric Association. (1987) Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders, 3d ed. revised. Washington, D. C.
    28. Ansbacher, Z. & Ansbacher, R. (1956) The Individual Psychology of Alfred Adler. New York: Basic Books.
    29. Anthony, E. J. (1981) Shame, guilt, and the feminine self in psychoanalysis. In: Object and Self, ed. S. Tuttman, C. Kaye & M. Zimmerman. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    30. Arlow. J. A. (1953) Masturbation and symptom formation. JAPA, 1.
    31. Arlow. J. A. (1959) The structure of the deja vu experience. JAPA, 7.
    32. Arlow. J. A. (1961) Ego psychology and the study of mythology. JAPA, 9.
    33. Arlow. J. A. (1963) Conflict, regression and symptom formation. IJP, 44.
    34. Arlow. J. A. (1966) Depersonalization and derealization. In: Psychoanalysis: A General Psychology, ed. R. M. Loewenstein, L. M. Newman, M. Schur & A. J. Solnit. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    35. Arlow. J. A. (1969) Fantasy, memory and reality testing. PQ, 38.
    36. Arlow. J. A. (1969) Unconscious fantasy and disturbances of mental experience. PQ, 38.
    37. Arlow. J. A. (1970) The psychopathology of the psychoses. IJP, 51.
    38. Arlow. J. A. (1975) The structural hypothesis. PQ, 44.
    39. Arlow. J. A. (1977) Affects and the psychoanalytic situation. IJP, 58.
    40. Arlow. J. A. (1979) Metaphor and the psychoanalytic situation. PQ, 48.
    41. Arlow. J. A. (1979) The genesis of interpretation. JAPA, 27 (suppl.).
    42. Arlow. J. A. (1982) Problems of the superego concept. PSOC, 37.
    43. Arlow. J. A. (1984) Disturbances of the sense of time. PQ, 53.
    44. Arlow. J. A. (1985) Some technical problems of countertransference. PQ, 54.
    45. Arlow, J. A. & Brenner, C. (1963) Psychoanalytic Concepts and the Structural Theory, New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    46. Arlow, J. A. & Brenner, C. (1969) The psychopathology of the psychoses. IJP, 50.
    47. Asch, S. S. (1966) Depression. PSOC, 21.
    48. Asch, S. S. (1976) Varieties of negative therapeutic reactions and problems of technique. JAPA, 24.
    49. Atkins, N. (1970) The Oedipus myth. Adolescence, and the succession of generations. JAPA, 18.
    50. Atkinson, J. W. & Birch, D. (1970) The Dynamics of Action. New York: Wiley.
    51. Bachrach, H. M. & Leaff, L. A. (1978) Analyzability. JAPA, 26.
    52. Bacon, C. (1956) A developmental theory of female homosexuality. In: Perversions,ed, S. Lorand & M. Balint. New York: Gramercy.
    53. Bak, R. C. (1953) Fetishism. JAPA. 1.
    54. Bak, R. C. (1968) The phallic woman. PSOC, 23.
    55. Bak, R. C. & Stewart, W. A. (1974) Fetishism, transvestism, and voyeurism. An American Handbook of Psychiatry, ed. S. Arieti. New York: Basic Books, vol. 3.
    56. Balint, A. (1949) Love for mother and mother-love. IJP, 30.
    57. Balter, L., Lothane, Z. & Spencer, J. H. (1980) On the analyzing instrument, PQ, 49.
    58. Basch, M. F. (1973) Psychoanalysis and theory formation. Ann. Psychoanal., 1.
    59. Basch, M. F. (1976) The concept of affect. JAPA, 24.
    60. Basch, M. F. (1981) Selfobject disorders and psychoanalytic theory. JAPA, 29.
    61. Basch, M. F. (1983) Emphatic understanding. JAPA. 31.
    62. Balldry, F. Character. PMC. Forthcoming.
    63. Balldry, F. (1983) The evolution of the concept of character in Freud's writings. JAPA. 31.
    64. Begelman, D. A. (1971) Misnaming, metaphors, the medical model and some muddles. Psychiatry, 34.
    65. Behrends, R. S. & Blatt, E. J. (1985) Internalization and psychological development throughout the life cycle. PSOC, 40.
    66. Bell, A. (1961) Some observations on the role of the scrotal sac and testicles JAPA, 9.
    67. Benedeck, T. (1949) The psychosomatic implications of the primary unit. Amer. J. Orthopsychiat., 19.
    68. Beres, C. (1958) Vicissitudes of superego functions and superego precursors in childhood. FSOC, 13.
    69. Beres, D. Conflict. PMC. Forthcoming.
    70. Beres, D. (1956) Ego deviation and the concept of schizophrenia. PSOC, 11.
    71. Beres, D. (1960) Perception, imagination and reality. IJP, 41.
    72. Beres, D. (1960) The psychoanalytic psychology of imagination. JAPA, 8.
    73. Beres, D. & Joseph, E. D. (1965) Structure and function in psychoanalysis. IJP, 46.
    74. Beres, D. (1970) The concept of mental representation in psychoanalysis. IJP, 51.
    75. Berg, M D. (1977) The externalizing transference. IJP, 58.
    76. Bergeret, J. (1985) Reflection on the scientific responsi bilities of the International Psychoanalytical Association. Memorandum distributed at 34th IPA Congress, Humburg.
    77. Bergman, A. (1978) From mother to the world outside. In: Grolnick et. al. (1978).
    78. Bergmann, M. S. (1980) On the intrapsychic function of falling in love. PQ, 49.
    79. Berliner, B. (1966) Psychodynamics of the depressive character. Psychoanal. Forum, 1.
    80. Bernfeld, S. (1931) Zur Sublimierungslehre. Imago, 17.
    81. Bibring, E. (1937) On the theory of the therapeutic results of psychoanalysis. IJP, 18.
    82. Bibring, E. (1941) The conception of the repetition compulsion. PQ, 12.
    83. Bibring, E. (1953) The mechanism of depression. In: Affective Disorders, ed. P. Greenacre. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    84. Bibring, E. (1954) Psychoanalysis and the dynamic psychotherapies. JAPA, 2.
    85. Binswanger, H. (1963) Positive aspects of the animus. Zьrich: Spring.
    86. Bion Francesca Abingdon: Fleetwood Press.
    87. Bion, W. R. (1952) Croup dynamics. IJP, 33.
    88. Bion, W. R. (1961) Experiences in Groups. London: Tavistock.
    89. Bion, W. R. (1962) A theory of thinking. IJP, 40.
    90. Bion, W. R. (1962) Learning from Experience. London: William Heinemann.
    91. Bion, W. R. (1963) Elements of Psychoanalysis. London: William Heinemann.
    92. Bion, W. R. (1965) Transformations. London: William Heinemann.
    93. Bion, W. R. (1970) Attention and Interpretation. London: Tavistock.
    94. Bion, W. R. (1985) All My Sins Remembered, ed. Francesca Bion. Adingdon: Fleetwood Press.
    95. Bird, B. (1972) Notes on transference. JAPA, 20.
    96. Blanck, G. & Blanck, R. (1974) Ego Psychology. New York: Columbia Univ. Press.
    97. Blatt, S. J. (1974) Levels of object representation in anaclitic and introjective depression. PSOC, 29.
    98. Blau, A. (1955) A unitary hypothesis of emotion. PQ, 24.
    99. Bleuler, E. (1911) Dementia Praecox or the Group of Schizophrenias. New York: Int. Univ. Press, 1951.
    100. Blos, P. (1954) Prolonged adolescence. Amer. J. Orthopsychiat., 24.
    101. Blos, P. (1962) On Adolescence. New York: Free Press.
    102. Blos, P. (1972) The epigenesia of the adult neurosis. 27.
    103. Blos, P. (1979) Modification in the traditional psychoanalytic theory of adolescent development. Adolescent Psychiat., 8.
    104. Blos, P. (1984) Son and father. JAPA_. 32.
    105. Blum, G. S. (1963) Prepuberty and adolescence, In Studies ed. R. E. Grinder. New York: McMillan.
    106. Blum, H. P. Symbolism. FMC. Forthcoming.
    107. Blum, H. P. (1976) Female Psychology. JAPA, 24 (suppl.).
    108. Blum, H. P. (1976) Masochism, the ego ideal and the psychology of women. JAPA, 24 (suppl.).
    109. Blum, H. P. (1980) The value of reconstruction in adult psychoanalysis. IJP, 61.
    110. Blum, H. P. (1981) Forbidden quest and the analytic ideal. PQ, 50.
    111. Blum, H. P. (1983) Defense and resistance. Foreword. JAFA, 31.
    112. Blum, H. P., Kramer, Y., Richards, A. K. & Richards, A. D., eds. (1988) Fantasy, Myth and Reality: Essays in Honor of Jacob A. Arlow. Madison, Conn.: Int. Univ. Press.
    113. Boehm, F. (1930) The femininity-complex In men. IJP,11.
    114. Boesky, D. Structural theory. PMC. Forthcoming.
    115. Boesky, D. (1973) Deja raconte as a screen defense. PQ, 42.
    116. Boesky, D. (1982) Acting out. IJP, 63.
    117. Boesky, D. (1986) Questions about Sublimation In Psychoanalysis the Science of Mental Conflict, ed. A. D. Richards & M. S. Willick. Hillsdale, N. J.: Analytic Press.
    118. Bornstein, B. (1935) Phobia in a 2 1/2-year-old child. PQ, 4.
    119. Bornstein, B. (1951) On latency. PSOC, 6.
    120. Bornstein, M., ed. (1983) Values and neutrality in psychoanalysis. Psychoanal. Inquiry, 3.
    121. Bowlby, J. (1960) Grief and morning in infancy and early childhood. PSOC. 15.
    122. Bowlby, J. (1961) Process of mourning. IJP. 42.
    123. Bowlby, J. (1980) Attachment and Loss, vol. 3. New York: Basic Books.
    124. Bradlow, P. A. (1973) Depersonalization, ego splitting, non-human fantasy and shame. IJP, 54.
    125. Brazelton, T. B., Kozlowsky, B. & Main, M. (1974) The early motherinfant interaction. In: The Effect of the Infant on Its Caregiver, ed. M. Lewis & L. Rosenblum New York Wiley.
    126. Brenner, C. (1957) The nature and development of the concept of repression in Freud's writings. PSOC, 12.
    127. Brenner, C. (1959) The masochistic character. JAPA, 7.
    128. Brenner, C. (1973) An Elementary Textbook of Psycho-analysis. New York Int. Univ. Press.
    129. Brenner, C. (1974) On the nature and development of affects PQ, 43.
    130. Brenner, C. (1976) Psychoanalytic Technique and Psychic Conflict. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    131. Brenner, C. (1979) The Mind in Conflict. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    132. Brenner, C. (1979) Working alliance, therapeutic alliance and transference. JAPA, 27.
    133. Brenner, C. (1981) Defense and defense mechanisms. PQ, 50.
    134. Brenner, C. (1983) Defense. In: the Mind in Conflict. New York Int. Univ. Press.
    135. Bressler, B. (1965) The concept of the self. Psychoanalytic Review, 52.
    136. Breuer, J. & Freud, S. (1983—95) Studies on Hysteria. SE, 3.
    137. Breznitz, S., ed. (1983) The Denial of Stress. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    138. Brody, S. (1964) Passivity. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    139. Brown, H. (1970) Psycholinquistics. New York: Free Press.
    140. Bruner, J. S. (1964) The course of cognitive growth. Amer. Psychologist. 19.
    141. Bruner, J., Jolly, A. & Sylva, K. (1976) Play. New York Basic Books.
    142. Bruner, J. E., Olver, R. R. &Greenfield, P. M. (1966) Studies in Cognitive Growth. New York: Wiley.
    143. Buie, D H. (1981) Empathy. JAPA, 29.
    144. Burgner, M. & Edgeumble, R. (1972) Some problems in the conceptualization of early object relationships. PSOC, 27.
    145. Call, J. ed. (1979) Basic Handbook of Child Psychiatry. New York: Basic Books.
    146. Carroll, G. (1956) Language, Thought and Reality. Cambridge & London: M. I. T. Press & John Wiley.
    147. Cavenar, J. O. & Nash, J. L. (1976) The effects of Combat on the normal personality. Comprehensive Psychiat., 17.
    148. Chassequet-Smirgel, J. (1978) Reflections on the connection between perversion and sadism. IJP, 59.
    149. Chomsky, N. (1978) Language and unconscious knowledge. In: Psychoanalysis and Language, ed. J. H. Smith. New Haven: Yale Univ. Press, vol. 3.
    150. Clower, V. (1975) Significance of masturbation in female sexual development and function. In: Masturbation from Infancy to Senescence, ed. I. Marcus & J. Francis. New York: Int. Uni" Press.
    151. Coen, S. J. & Bradlow, P. A. (1982) Twin transference as a compromise formation. JAPA, 30.
    152. Compton, A. Object and relationships. PMC. Forthcoming.
    153. Cullen, W. (1777) First Lines of the Practice of Psysic. Edinburgh: Bell, Brandfute.
    154. Curtis, B. C. (1969) Psychoanalytic understanding and treatment of impotence. In: Sexual Function and Dysfunction, ed. P. J. Fink & V. B. O. Hummett. Philadelphia: F. A. Davis.
    155. Darwin, C. (1874) The Descent of Man. New York: Hurst.
    156. Davidoff-Hirsch, H. (1985) Oedipal and preoedipal phenomena. JAPA, 33.
    157. Davis, M. & Wallbridge, D. (1981) Boundary and Space. New York: Brunner-Mazel.
    158. Deutsch, H. (1932) Homosexuality in women. PQ, 1.
    159. Deutsch, H. (1934) Some forms of emotional disturbance and their relationship to schizophrenia. PQ, 11.
    160. Deutsch, H. (1937) Absence of grief. PQ, 6.
    161. Deutsch, H. (1942) Some forms of emotional disturbance and their relationship to schizophrenia. PQ, 11.
    162. Deutsch, H. (1955) The impostor. In: Neuroses and Character Types. New York: Int. Univ. Press, 1965.
    163. Devereux, G. (1953) Why Oedipus killed Lains. IJP, 34.
    164. Dewald, P. (1982) Psychoanalytic perspectives On resistance. In: resistance, Psychodynamics. and Behavioral Approaches, ed. P. Wachtel. New York: Plenum Press.
    165. Dickes, R. (1963) Fetishistic behavior. JAPA. 11.
    166. Dickes, R. (1965) The defensive function of an altered state of consciousness. JAPA, 13.
    167. Dickes, R. (1967) Severe regressive disruption of the therapeutic alliance. JAPA, 15.
    168. Dickes, R. (1981) Sexual myths and misinformation. In: Understanding Human Behaviour in Health and Illness, ed. R. C. Simon & H. Pardes. Baltimore: Williams & Wilkins.
    169. Dorpat, T. L. (1985) Denial and Defense in the Therapeutic Situation. New York: Jason Aronson.
    170. Downey, T. W. (1978) Transitional phenomena in the analysis of early adolescent males. PSOC, 33.
    171. Dunbar, F. (1954) Emotions and Bodily Functions. New York: Columbia Univ. Press.
    172. Easson, W. M. (1973) The earliest ego development, primitive memory traces, and the Isakower phenomenon. PQ, 42.
    173. Edelheit, H. (1971) Mythopoiesis and the primal scene. Psychoanal. Study Society, 5.
    174. Edgcumbe, R. & Burgner, M. (1972) Some problems in the conceptualization of early object relation ships, part I. PSOC, 27.
    175. Edgcumbe, R. & Burgner, M. (1975) The phallicnarcissistic phase. PSOC, 30.
    176. Eidelberg, L. (1960) A third contribution to the study of slips of the tongue. IJP, 41.
    177. Eidelberg, L. (1968) Encyclopedia of Psychoanalysis. New York: The Free Press; London: Collier-MacMillan.
    178. Eissler, K. R. (1953) The effect of the structure of the ego on psychoanalytic technique. JAPA, 1.
    179. Ellenberg, H. F. (1970) The Discovery of the Unconscious. New York: Basic Books.
    180. Emde, R. N. (1980) Toward a psychoanalytic theory of affect: I. & G. H. Pollock. Washington NYMH.
    181. Emde R., Gaensbaner, T. & Harmon R. (1976) Emotional Expression in Infancy. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    182. Erode R. & Harmon, R. J. (1972) Endogenous and exogenous smiling systems in early infancy. J. Amer. Acad. Child Psychiat., 11.
    183. Engel, G. L. (1962) Psychological Development in Health and Disease. New York Saunders.
    184. Engel, G. L. (1967) Psychoanalytic theory of somatic disorder. JAPA, 15.
    185. Engel, G. L. (1968) A reconsideration of the role of conversion in somatic disease. Compr. Psychiat., 94.
    186. English, H. B. & English, A. C. (1958) A comprehensive Dictionary of Psychological and Psychoanalytical Terms. New York: David McKay.
    187. Erard, R. (1983) New wine in old skins. Int. Rev. Psychoanal., 10.
    188. Erdelyi, M. H. (1985) Psychoanalysis. New York: W. H. Freeman.
    189. Erikson, E. H. (1950) Childhood and Society. New York: Norton.
    190. Erikson, E. H. (1956) The concept of ego identity. JAPA, 4.
    191. Erikson, E. H. (1956) The problem of ego identity. JAPA, 4.
    192. Esman, A. H. (1973) The primal scene. PSOC, 28.
    193. Esman, A. H. (1975) The Psychology of Adolescence. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    194. Esman, A. H. (1979) Some reflections on boredom. JAPA, 27.
    195. Esman, A. H. (1983) The "stimulus barrier": a review and reconsideration. PSOC, 38.
    196. Fairbairn, W. R. D. (1952) Psychoanalytic Studies of the Personality. London: Routledge & Kegan Paul.
    197. Fairbairn, W. R. D. (1954) An Object-Relations Theory of the Personality. New York: Basic Books.
    198. Fairbairn, W. R. D. (1963) Synopsis of an Object-Relations theory of the personality. IJP, 44.
    199. Fawcett, J., Clark, D. C., Scheftner, W. H. & Hedecker, D. (1983) Differences between anhedonia and normal hedonic depressive states. Arch. Gen. Psychiat., 40.
    200. Fenichel, O. (1934) On the psychology of boredom. Collected Papers. New York: Norton, 1953, vol. 1.
    201. Fenichel, O. (1941) Problems of Psychoanalytic Technique. Albany, N. Y.: Psychoanalytic Quaterly.
    202. Fenichel, O. (1945) Character disorders. In: The Psychoanalytic Theory of the Neurosis. New York: Norton.
    203. Fenichel, O. (1945) The Psychoanalytic Theory of Neurosis New York: Norton.
    204. Fenichel, O. (1954) Ego strength and ego weakness. Collected Papers. New York: Norton, vol. 2.
    205. Ferenczi, S. (1909) Introjection and transference. In: Sex in Psychoanalysis. New York: Basic Books.
    206. Ferenczi, S. (191617) Disease or patho-neurosis. The Theory and Technique of Psychoanalysis. London: Hogarth Press, 1950.
    207. Ferenczi, S. (1925) Psychoanalysis of sexual habits. In: The Theory and Technique of Psychoanalysis. New York: Basic Books.
    208. Fine, B. D., Joseph, E. D. & Waldhorn, H. F., eds. (1971) Recollection and Reconstruction in Psychoanalysis. Monograph 4, Kris Study Group. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    209. Fink, G. (1967) Analysis of the Isakower phenomenon. JAPA, 15.
    210. Fink, P. J. (1970) Correlation between "actual" neurosis and the work of Masters and Johson. P. Q, 39.
    211. Finkenstein, L. (1975) Awe premature ejaculation. P. Q, 44.
    212. Firestein, S. K. (1978) A review of the literature. In: Termination in Psychoanalysis. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    213. Fisher, C. et. al. (1957) A study of the preliminary stages of the construction of dreams and images. JAPA, 5.
    214. Fisher, C. et. al. (1968) Cycle of penile erection synchronous with dreaming (REM) sleep. Arch. Gen. Psychiat., 12.
    215. Fliess, R. (1942) The metapsychology of the analyst. PQ, 12.
    216. Fliess, R. (1953) The Revival of Interest in the Dream. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    217. Fodor, N. & Gaynor, F. (1950) Freud: Dictionary of Psycho-analysis. New York: Philosophical Library.
    218. Fordham, M. (1969) Children as Individuals. London: Hodder & Stoughton.
    219. Fordham, M. (1976) The Self and Autism. London: Academic Press.
    220. Fraiberg, S. (1969) Object constancy and mental representation. PSOC, 24.
    221. Frank, A. Metapsychology. PMS. Forthcoming.
    222. Frank, A. & Muslin, H. (1967) The development of Freud's concept of primal repression. PSOC, 22.
    223. Frank, H. (1977) Dynamic patterns for failure in college students. Can. Psychiat. Ass. J., 22.
    224. French, T. & Fromm, E. (1964) Dream Interpretation. New York: Basic Books.
    225. Freud, A. (1936) The Ego and the Mechanisms of Defense. New York Int. Univ. Press.
    226. Freud, A. (1951) Observations on child development. PSOC, 6.
    227. Freud, A. (1952) The mutual influences in the development of ego and id. WAF, 4.
    228. Freud, A. (1958) Adolescence. WAF, 5.
    229. Freud, A. (1962) Assessment of childhood disturbances. PSOC, 17.
    230. Freud, A. (1962) Comments on psychic trauma. In: Furst (1967).
    231. Freud, A. (1963) The concept of developmental lines. PSOC, 18.
    232. Freud, A. (1965) Assessment of pathology, part 2. WAF, 6.
    233. Freud, A. (1965) Normality and Pathology in Childhood. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    234. Freud, A. (1970) The infantile neurosis. WAF, 7.
    235. Freud, A. (1971) Comments on aggression. IJP, 53.
    236. Freud, A. (1971) The infantile neurosis. PSOC, 26.
    237. Freud, A. (1981) Insight. PSOC, 36.
    238. Freud, S. (1887—1902) Letters to Wilhelm Fliess. New York: Basic Books, 1954.
    239. Freud, S. (1891) On the interpretation of the aphasias. SE, 3.
    240. Freud, S. (1893—95) Studies on hysteria. SE, 2.
    241. Freud, S. (1894) The neuropsychoses of defence. SE, 3.
    242. Freud, S. (1895) On the ground for detaching a particular syndrome from neurasthenia under the description "anxiety neurosis". SE, 3.
    243. Freud, S. (1895) Project for a scientific psychology. SE, 1.
    244. Freud, S. (1896) Draft K, Jameary 1, 1896, Neuroses of defense (A Christmas fairytale). In: Extracts from the Fliess papers (1892—99).
    245. Freud, S. (1896) Further remarks on the neuropsychosis of defense. SE, 3.
    246. Freud, S. (1896) Heredity and aetiology of neurosis. SE, 3.
    247. Freud, S. (1898) Sexuality in the aetiology of the neurosis. SE, 3.
    248. Freud, S. (1899) Screen memories. SE, 3.
    249. Freud, S. (1900) The interpretation of dreams. SE, 4—5.
    250. Freud, S. (1901) Childhood memories and screen memories SE, 6.
    251. Freud, S. (1901) On dreams. SE, 5.
    252. Freud, S. (1901) The psychopathology of everyday life. SE, 6.
    253. Freud, S. (1905) Fragments of an analysis of a case of hysteria. SE, 7.
    254. Freud, S. (1905) Jokes and their relation to the unconscious. SE, 8.
    255. Freud, S. (1905) Psysical (or mental) treatment. SE, 7.
    256. Freud, S. (1905) Three essays on the theory of sexuality. SE. 7.
    257. Freud, S. (1908) Character and anal erotism. SE, 9.
    258. Freud, S. (1908) On the sexual theories of children. SE, 9.
    259. Freud, S. (1908) Preface to Wilhelm Stekel's Nervous Anxiety-States and Their Treatment. SE, 9.
    260. Freud, S. (1909) Analysis of a phobia in a five-year-old boy. SE, 10.
    261. Freud, S. (1909) Family romances. SE, 9.
    262. Freud, S. (1909) Notes upon a case of obsessional neurosis. SE, 10.
    263. Freud, S. (1910) A special type of choice of object made by men. SE, 11.
    264. Freud, S. (1910) The autithentical meaning of primal words. SE, 11.
    265. Freud, S. (1910) The future prospects of psychoanalytic therapy. SE, 11.
    266. Freud, S. (1910) The psychoanalytic view of psychogenic disturbance of vision. SE, 11.
    267. Freud, S. (1911) Formulations on the two principles of mental functioning. SE, 12.
    268. Freud, S. (1911) Notes on a case of paranoia. SE, 12.
    269. Freud, S. (1911) Psychoanalytic notes on an autobiographical account of a case of paranoia. SE, 12.
    270. Freud, S. (1911—15) Papers on technique. SE, 12.
    271. Freud, S. (1912) Contribution to a discussion on masturbation. SE, 12.
    272. Freud, S. (1912) On the universal tendency to abasement in the sphere of love. SE, 11.
    273. Freud, S. (1912) The dynamics of transference. SE, 12.
    274. Freud, S. (1913) Editor's note The disposition to obsessional neurosis. SE, 12.
    275. Freud, S. (1913) On beginning the treatment. SE, 12.
    276. Freud, S. (1913) Totem and taboo. SE, 13.
    277. Freud, S. (1914) Fausse reconnaissance (deja reconte) in psychoanalytic treatment. SE, 13.
    278. Freud, S. (1914) Mourning and melancholia. SE, 15.
    279. Freud, S. (1914) Observations on transference love. SE, 12.
    280. Freud, S. (1914) On narcissism. SE. 14.
    281. Freud, S. (1914) On the history of the psychoanalytic movement. SE, 14.
    282. Freud, S. (1914) Remembering, repeating, and working-through. SE, 12.
    283. Freud, S. (1914—16) Some character types met with in psychoanalysis. (II) Those wrecked by success SE, 14.
    284. Freud, S. (1915) Das UnbewuЯte. Gesammelte Werke, 10.
    285. Freud, S. (1915) Instincts and their vicissitudes. SE, 14.
    286. Freud, S. (1915) Observation on transference-love. SE, I2.
    287. Freud, S. (1915) Repression. SE, 14.
    288. Freud, S. (1915) The unconscious. SE, 14.
    289. Freud, S. (1915—17) Introductory lectures on psychoanalysis. SE, 15 & 16.
    290. Freud, S. (1916) Introductory lectures on psychoanalysis. SE, 16.
    291. Freud, S. (1916) Some character types met with in psychoanalytic work. SE, 16.
    292. Freud, S. (1917) A metapsychological supplement to the theory of dreams. SE, 14.
    293. Freud, S. (1917) Introductory lectures on psychoanalysis. SE, 16.
    294. Freud, S. (1917) Mourning and melancholia. SE, 14.
    295. Freud, S. (1917) On transformations of instinct as exemplified in anal erotism. SE, 17.
    296. Freud, S. (1918) From the history of an infantile neurosis. SE, 17.
    297. Freud, S. (1919) "A child is being beaten". SE, 17.
    298. Freud, S. (1919) Lines of advance in psychoanalytic therapy. SE, 17.
    299. Freud, S. (1919) The uncanny. SE, 17.
    300. Freud, S. (1920) Beyond the pleasure principle. SE, 18.
    301. Freud, S. (1920) The Psychogenesis of a case of homosexuality in a woman. SE, 18.
    302. Freud, S. (1921) Group psychology and the analysis of the ego. SE, 18.
    303. Freud, S. (1923) The ego and the id. SE, 19.
    304. Freud, S. (1923) The infantile genital organization. SE, 19.
    305. Freud, S. (1924) A short account of psychoanalysis. SE, 19.
    306. Freud, S. (1924) Neurosis and psychosis. SE, 19.
    307. Freud, S. (1924) The dissolution of the Oedipus complex SE, 19.
    308. Freud, S. (1924) The economic problem of masochism. SE, 19.
    309. Freud, S. (1924) The loss of reality in neurosis and psychosis. SE, 19.
    310. Freud, S. (1925) Negation. SE, 19.
    311. Freud, S. (1925) Some psychical consequences of the anatomical distinction between the sexes. SE, 19.
    312. Freud, S. (1926) Inhibitions, symptoms and anxiety. SE, 20.
    313. Freud, S. (1926) The question of lay analysis. SE, 20.
    314. Freud, S. (1927) Fetishism. SE, 21.
    315. Freud, S. (1930) Civilization and its discontents. SE, 21.
    316. Freud, S. (1931) Female sexuality. SE, 21.
    317. Freud, S. (1931) Libidinal types. SE, 21.
    318. Freud, S. (1933) Femininity. SE, 22,.
    319. Freud, S. (1933) New introductory lectures on psycho-analysis. SE, 22.
    320. Freud, S. (1933) The psychology of women. New introductory lectures on psychoanalysis. SE, 22.
    321. Freud, S. (1936) A disturbance of memory on the Acropolis. SE, 22.
    322. Freud, S. (1937) Analysis terminable and interminable. SE, 23.
    323. Freud, S. (1937) Constructions in analysis. SE, 23.
    324. Freud, S. (1938) An outline on psychoanalysis. SE, 23.
    325. Freud, S. (1938) Splitting of the ego in the process of defense. SE, 23.
    326. Freud, S. (1939) Moses and monotheism. SE, 23.
    327. Freud, S. (1940) An outline of psychoanalysis. SE, 23.
    328. Frosch, J. (1966) A note on reality constancy. In: Psychoanalysis — A General Psychology, ed. R. M. Loewenstein, L. M. Newman, M. Schur & A. J. Solnit. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    329. Frosch, J. (1967) Delusional fixity sense of conviction and the psychotic conflict. IJP, 48.
    330. Frosch, J. (1977) The relation between acting out and disorders of impulse control. Psychiatry, 40.
    331. Frosch, J. (1980) Neurosis and psychosis. In: The Course of Life, ed. S. J. Greenspan & G. H. Pollock. Washington, D. C.: National Institute of Health, vol. 3.
    332. Frosch, J. (1983) The Psychotic Process. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    333. Furer, M. (1972) The history of the superego concept in psychoanalysis. In: Moral Value and the Superego concept in Psychoanalysis, ed. S. C. Fost. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    334. Furman, E. (1974) A Child s Parent Dies. New Heaven: Yale Univ. Press.
    335. Furman, E. (1980) Transference and externalization. PSOC, 35.
    336. Furst, S. Trauma. PMC, Forthcoming.
    337. Furst, S. (1967) Psychic trauma. In: Psychic Trauma, ed. S. S. Furst. New York: Basic Books.
    338. Furst, S. (1978) The stimulus barrier and the pathogenecity of trauma. IJP, 59.
    339. Gaddini, R. (1978) Transitional object and the psychosomatic symptom. In: Grolnich et. al. (1978).
    340. Galenson, E. & Roiphe, H. (1976) Some suggested revisions concerning early female development. JAPA, 24(5).
    341. Galenson, E. & Roiphe, H. (1980) The preoedipal development of the boy. JAPA, 28.
    342. Galenson, E. & Roiphe, H. (1981) Infantile Origins of Sexual Identity. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    343. Ganzarain, R. Group psychology. PMC. Forthcoming.
    344. Ganzarain, R. (1980) Psychotic-like anxieties and primitive defenses. Issues on Ego Psychology, 3(2).
    345. Ganzarain, R. (1988) A comparative study of Bion's concepts about groups. In: Object Relations Group Psychotherapy. Madison, Ct.: Int. Univ. Press.
    346. Gediman, H. K. (1971) The concept of the stimulus barrier. IJP, 52.
    347. Gedo, J. & Goldberg, A. (1973) Models of the Mind. Chicago & London: Univ. of Chicago Press.
    348. Geerts, A. E. & Prechardt, E., reporters (1978) Colloquium on "trauma". IJP, 59.
    349. Gero, G. (1943) The idea of psychogenesis in modern psychiatry and in psychoanalysis. Psychoanal. Rev., 30.
    350. Gill. M. M. (1963) Topography and Systems in Psychoanalytic Theory. Psychol. Issues, Monogr. 10. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    351. Gill. M. M. (1967) The primary process in motives and thought. In: Motives and Thought, ed. R. R. Holt. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    352. Gill. M. M. (1974) Psychoanalysis and psychotherapy. Int. Rev. Psychoanal., 11.
    353. Gill, M. M & Rapaport, D. (1942) A case of amnesia and its bearing on the theory of memory. Character and Personality, 11.
    354. Gillespie, W. (1956) The general theory of Sexual perversion. IJP, 37.
    355. Glenn, J. (in press) A parameter. In: Annu. Psychoanal.
    356. Glenn, J. & Kaplan, E. H. (1968) Types of orgasm in women. JAPA, 16.
    357. Glower, E. (1929) The "screening" function of traumatic memories. IJP, 4.
    358. Glower, E. (1931) Sublimation, substitution, and social anxiety. IJP, 12.
    359. Glower, E. (1933) The relation of perversion-formation to the development of reality sense. IJP, 14.
    360. Glower, E. (1955) The terminal phase. In: The Technique of Psychoanalysis. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    361. Goldberg, A. (1975) The evolution of psychoanalytic concepts of depression. In: Depression and Human Existence, ed. E. J. Anthony & T. Benedeck. Boston: Little, Brown.
    362. Goldberg, A. ed. (1978) The Psychology of the Self. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    363. Goldberg, A. (1983) Self psychology and alternate perspectives on internalization. In: Reflections on Self Psychology, ed. J. Lichtenberg & S. Kaplan. Hillsdale, N. J.: Analytic Press.
    364. Green, A. (1978) Potential space in Psychoanalysis. In: Grolnich et. al. (1978).
    365. Greenacre, P. (1949) A contribution to the study of screen memories. FSOC, 3/4.
    366. Greenacre, P. (1950) General problems of acting out. PQ, 19.
    367. Greenacre, P. (1950) Special problems of early female sexual development. In: Trauma, Growth and Personality New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    368. Greenacre, P. (1952) Pregenital patterning. IJP, 33.
    369. Greenacre, P. (1953) Penis awe and its relation to penis envy. In: Drives, Affects, Behavior, ed. R. M. Loewenstein. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    370. Greenacre, P. (1956) Experiences of awe in childhood. PSOC,11.
    371. Greenacre, P. (1957) The childhood of the artist. PSOC, 12.
    372. Greenacre, P. (1958) The family romance of the artist. In: Emotional Growth. New York: Int. Univ. Press, 1971, vol. 2.
    373. Greenacre, P. (1958) The relation of the impostor to the artist. In: Emotional Growth. New York: Int. Univ. Press, 1971, vol. 1.
    374. Greenacre, P. (1968) Perversions. PSOC, 23.
    375. Greenacre, P. (1969) The fetish and the transitional object, part 1. PSOC, 24.
    376. Greenacre, P. (1970) The fetish and the transitional object, part 2. IJP 51, vol. 4.
    377. Greenacre, P. (1970) The transitional object and the fetish. In: Emotional Growth. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    378. Greenacre, P. (1972) Crowds and crisis. PSOC, 27.
    379. Greenacre, P. (1973) The primal scene and the sense of reality. PQ, 42.
    380. Greenacre, P. (1975) On reconstruction. JAPA, 21.
    381. Greenberg, J. R. & Mitchell, S. A. (1983) Object Relations in Psychoanalytic Theory. Cambridge: Harvard Univ. Press.
    382. Greenson, R. R. (1949) The psychology of apathy. PQ, 18.
    383. Greenson, R. R. (1953) On boredom. JAPA, 1.
    384. Greenson, R. R. (1960) Empathy and its vicissitudes. IJP, 41.
    385. Greenson, R. R. (1962) On enthusiasm. JAPA, 10.
    386. Greenson, R. R. (1965) The working alliance and the transference neurosis. PQ, 34.
    387. Greenson, R. R. (1967) The technique and Practice of Psycho-analysis. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    388. Greenson, R. R. (1978) Exploration in Psychoanalysis. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    389. Greenspan, S. & Pollock, G., eds. (1980) The Course of Life. Vol. I. Washington, D. C.: U. S. Government Printing office.
    390. Grinberg, L., Sor, D. & Tabak de Bianchedi, E. (1975) Introduction to the Work of Bion, trans. A. Hahn. Scotland: Clunie Press.
    391. Grinker, E. R (1945) Psychiatric disorders in combat crews overseas and in returnees. Med. Clin. North. Amer., 29.
    392. Grinstein, A. (1983) Freud's Rules of Dream Interpretation. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    393. Grolnick, S., Barkin, L. & Muensterberger, W., eds. (1978) Between Reality and Fantasy. New York: Jason Aronson.
    394. Grosskurth, P. (1986) Melanie Klein. New York: Alfred Knopf.
    395. Grossman, W. E. & Stewart, W. A. (1976) Penis envy. JAPA, 24 (5).
    396. Grotstein, J. S. (1981) Splitting and Projective Indentification. New York: Jason Aronson.
    397. Guntrip, H. (1961) Personality Structure and Human Interaction. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    398. Guntrip, H. (1968) Schizoid Phenomena, Object-Relations and the Self. London: Hogarth Press.
    399. Harley, M. (1967) Transference developments in a five-year old child. In: the Child Analyst at Work, ed. E. Geleerd. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    400. Harley, M. (1974) Analyst and Adolescent at Work. New York: Quadrangle.
    401. Harley, M. (1986) Child analysis, 1947—1984, a retrospective. PSOC, 41.
    402. Harre, R. and Lamb, R. (1983) The Encyclopedia Dictionary of Psychology. Cambridge: M. I. T. Press.
    403. Harrison, J. B. (1975) On the maternal origins of awe. PSOC, 30.
    404. Harrison, J. B. (1979) On Freud's view of the infant-mother relationship and of the oceanic feeling. JAPA, 27.
    405. Harrison, S. J. (1970) Is psychoanalysis "our science?". JAPA, 18.
    406. Hartmann, H. PSOC, 5.
    407. Hartmann, H. (1937) Ego Psychology and the Problem of Adaptation. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    408. Hartmann, H. (1939) Ego Psychology and the Problem of Adaptation. New York: Int. Univ. Press, 1958.
    409. Hartmann, H. (1939) Psychoanalysis and the concept of health. In: Hartmann (1964).
    410. Hartmann, H. (1947) On rational and irrational action. In: Essays on Ego Psychology. New York: Int. Univ. Press, 1964.
    411. Hartmann, H. (1948) Comments on the theory of instinctual drives. PQ, 17.
    412. Hartmann, H. (1950) Comments on the psychoanalytic theory of the ego. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    413. Hartmann, H. (1951) Technical implications of ego psychology PQ, 20.
    414. Hartmann, H. (1952) The mutual influences in the development of ego and id. PSOC, 7.
    415. Hartmann, H. (1953) Contribution to the metapsychology of schizophrenia. In: Hartmann, PSOC, 8.
    416. Hartmann, H. (1953) The metapsychology of schizophrenia. PSOC, 8.
    417. Hartmann, H. (1955) Notes on the theory of sublimation. PSOC, 10.
    418. Hartmann, H. (1956) The development of the ego concept in Freud's work. IJP, 37.
    419. Hartmann, H. (1964) Essays in Ego Psychology. New York Int. Univ. Press.
    420. Hartmann, H. (1964) The development of the ego concept in Freud's work. IJP, 37.
    421. Hartmann, H., Kris, E. & Loewenstein, R. M. (1946) Comments in the formation of psychic structure. PSOC, 2.
    422. Hartmann, H., Kris, E. & Loewenstein, R. M. (1949) Notes on the theory of aggression. PSOC, 3/4.
    423. Hartmann, H. & Loewenstein, R. M. (1962) Notes on the superego. PSOC, 17.
    424. Hassler, A. D. (1960) Guideposts of migrating fish. Science, 122.
    425. Hastings, D. W. (1963) Impotence and Frigidity. Boston: Little, Brown.
    426. Heimann, P. (1952) Certain functions of introjection and projection in early infancy. In: Klein et al. (1952).
    427. Heimann, P. & Valenstein, A. F. (1962) Notes on the anal stage IJP, 43.
    428. Heimann, P. & Valenstein, A. F. (1972) The psychoanalytical concept of aggression. IJP, 53.
    429. Hendrick, I. (1958) Facts and Theories of Psychoanalysis, 3rd ed. New York: Alfred Knopf.
    430. Hill, M. (1982) Analysis of transference. In: Theory and Technique, vol. 1. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    431. Hoffer, W. (1949) Mouth, hand, and ego integration. PSOC, 3/4.
    432. Holder, A. (1982) Preoedipal contributions to the formation of the superego. PSOC, 37.
    433. Holt, R. R. (1964) The emergence of cognitive psychology JAPA, 12.
    434. Holt, R. R. (1967) Beyond vitalism and mechanism. In: Science and Psychoanalysis, ed. J. H. Masserman. Hew York: Grune & Stratton, vol. 2.
    435. Hook, S. (1959) Psychoanalysis, Scientific Method and Philosophy. New York: Grove Press.
    436. Horney, K. (1924) On the genesis of the castration complex in women. IJP, 5.
    437. Horney, K. (1926) The flight from womanhood. IJP, 7.
    438. Horowitz, M. J. (1972) Modes of representation of thought. JAFA, 20.
    439. Horowitz, M. J. (1979) States of Mind, 2d. ed. New York: Plenum, 1987, chap. 3.
    440. Hurvich, M. (1970) On the concept of reality testing. IJP, 51.
    441. Isaacs, S. (1952) The nature and function of phantasy. In: Klein et. al. (1952).
    442. Isakower, O. (1938) A contribution to the pathopsychology of phenomena associated with falling asleep. IJP, 19.
    443. Isakower, O. (1963) Minutes of the faculty meeting. New York Psychoanalytic Institute, Oct. 14—Nov. 20. A. Z. Pteffer, reporter.
    444. Isay, R. A. (1986) Homosexuality in homosexual and heterosexual men. In: The Psychology of Men, ed. G. Fogel, F. Lane & R. Liebert. New York: Basic Books.
    445. Jacobi, J. (1959) Complex (Archetype) Symbol in the Work of C. G. Jung. Princeton, N. J.: Princeton Univ. Press.
    446. Jacobs, T. J. (1986) Transference relationships, relationships between transferences and reconstruction. In: Psycho-analysis, the Science of Mental Conflict, ed. A. D. Richards & M. S. Willick. Hillsdale N. J.: Analytic Press.
    447. Jacobson, E. (1953) Contribution to the metapsychology of cyclothymic depression. In: Affective Disorders, ed. P. Greenacre. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    448. Jacobson, E. (1954) Contribution to the metapsychology of psychotic identifications. JAPA, 2.
    449. Jacobson, E. (1957) Normal and pathological moods. PSOC, 12.
    450. Jacobson, E. (1959) Depersonalization. JAPA, 7.
    451. Jacobson, E. (1964) The Self and the Object World. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    452. Jacobson, E. (1967) Psychotic Conflict and Reality. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    453. Jacobson, E. (1971) Depression. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    454. Jacobson, E. (1971) Depression: Comparative Studies of Normal, Neurotic and Psychotic Conditions. Madison, Conn.: Int. Univ. Press.
    455. Jacobson, E. (1971) Normal and pathological moods. In: Depression. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    456. Jacobson, E. (1975) The regulation of self-esteem. In: Depression and Human Existence. ed. E. J. Anthony & T. Benedeck. Boston: Little, Brown.
    457. Jaffe, A. (1971) The Myth of Meaning. New York: Putnam.
    458. Jaffe, D. S. (1970) Forgetting and remembering. P. Q, 39.
    459. Janet, Dr. Pierre (1924) Principles of Psychotherapy. New York: Macmillan.
    460. John, E. R. (1976) A model of consciousness. In: Consciousness and Self-Regulation, ed. G. E. Schwartz & D. Shapiro. New York: Plenum Press, 1976, vol. 1.
    461. Jones, E. (1908) Rationalization in everyday life J Abnorm. Psychol., 3: 161—169.
    462. Jones, E. (1918) Anal-erotic character traits. In: Papers on Psychoanalysis London— Balliere Tindall & Cox, 1948.
    463. Jones, E. (1931) The concept of a normal mind. In: Papers on Psychoanalysis, 5th ed., London. Bailliйre, Tindall & Cox, 1948.
    464. Jones, E. (1933) The phallic phase. IJP, 14.
    465. Jones, E. (1934) Editorial preface to the Collected Papers of Sigmund Freud, 4. London— Hogarth Press.
    466. Jones, E. (1941) Evolution and revolution. IJP, 22.
    467. Jones, E. (1949) Hamlet and Oedipus. New York: Norton.
    468. Jones, E. (1957) The life and work of Sigmund Freud, vol. 3. New York: Basic Books.
    469. Joseph, E. D. (1965) Regressive Ego Phenomena in Psychoanalysis. Monograph I, Kris Study Group. New York Int. Univ. Press.
    470. Joseph, E. D. (1966) Memory and conflict. PQ, 35.
    471. Joseph, E. D. & Wallerstein, R. S (1982) Psychotherapy. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    472. Jung, C. G. (1921—57) Collected Works of C. G. Jung Princeton, N. J.: Princeton Univ. Press.
    473. Jung, C. G. (1938) Psychological aspects of the mother archetype. In: Collected Works, vol. 9, pt. 1.
    474. Jung, C. G. (1957) Animus and Anima. Zurich: Spring.
    475. Jung, C. G. (1963) Memories Dreams, Reflections. New York Pantheon.
    476. Kamyer, M. (1985) Identification and its vicissitudes. IJP, 66.
    477. Kandell, E (1976) Cellular Basis of Behavior. San Francisco— W H. Freeman.
    478. Kanzer, M. (1948) The passing of the Oedipus complex' in Greek drama. IJP, 29.
    479. Kanzer, M. (1964) On interpreting the Oedipus plays Psychoanal Study Society, 3.
    480. Kanzer, M. (1981) Freud's "analytic pact". JAPA, 29.
    481. Kardiner, A. (1941) The Traumatic Neurosis of War New. York: Hoeber.
    482. Karma, L. (1981) A clinical report of penis envy. JAPA, 29.
    483. Karush, A., Daniels, C. E., Flood, C. & O'Connor, J. F. (1977) Psychotherapy in Chronic Ulcerative Colitis. Philadelphia: Sannders.
    484. Katan, A. (1972) The infant's first reaction to strangers. IJP, 53.
    485. Katan, M. (1940) The role of the word in mania. Bull. Phi la. Assn. Psychoanal., 22.
    486. Katz, J. (1963) On primary gain and secondary gain. PSOC, 18.
    487. Katz, J. (1985) Book review of Melanie Klein by Hanna Segal. New York: Viking Press. 1980 JAPA, 33 (suppl.).
    488. Kaywin, L. (1966) Problems of sublimation. JAPA, 14.
    489. Kernberg, O. F. (1966) Structural derivations of object relationships. IJP, 47.
    490. Kernberg, O. F. (1967) Borderline personality organization. JAPA, 15.
    491. Kernberg, O. F. (1975) Borderline Conditions and Pathological Narcissism. New York: Jason Aronson.
    492. Kernberg, O. F. (1976) Object Relations Theory and Clinical Psychoanalysis. New York: Jason Aronson.
    493. Kernberg, O. F. (1977) Boundaries and structure in love relations. JAPA, 25.
    494. Kernberg, O. F. (1980) Fairbairn's theory and challenge. In: Internal World and External Reality: Object Relations Theory Applied. New York: Jason Aronson.
    495. Kernberg, O. F. (1980) Internal World and External Reality. New York: Jason Aronson.
    496. Kernberg, O. F. (1984) Severe Personality Disorders. New Haven: Yale Univ. Press.
    497. Kessler, J. W. (1970) Contributions of the mentally retarded toward a theory of cognitive development. In: Cognitive Studies, ed. J. Hellmuth. New York Brunner/Mazel.
    498. Kestenberg, J. S. (1967) Phases of adolescence. J. Amer. Acad. Child. Psychiat., 6.
    499. Khan, M. (1982) Introduction. In: D. W. Winnicott, Through Paediatrics to Psychoanalysis. London: Hogarth Press.
    500. Klein, G. S. (1966) The several grades of memory. In: Psychoanalysis. A General Psychology, pd. H. M. Lowenstein, L M. Newman, M. Schur & A. J. Solnit. New York Int. Univ. Press.
    501. Klein, M. (1932) The Psychoanalysis of Children London: Hogarth Press.
    502. Klein, M. (1946) Notes on some schizoid mechanisms IJP, 27.
    503. Klein, M. (1948) Contributions to Psychoanalysis, 1921—45. London: Hogarth Press.
    504. Klein, M. (1950) Narrative of a Child Analysis. New York Basic Books.
    505. Klein, M. (1957) Envy and Gratitude. New York: Basic Books.
    506. Klein, M. (1957) On identification. In: New Directions in Psychoanalysis, ed. M. Klein, P. Heimann & R. Money-Kyrle. New York: Basic Books.
    507. Klein, M. (1959) On the development of Mental functioning. In: Envy and Gratitude London: Delacorte Press, 1975.
    508. Klein, M., Heimann, P., Isaacs, S. & Riviere J. (eds.) (1952) Developments in Psychoanalysis. London: Hogarth Press.
    509. Knight, R. P. (1953) Borderline states. Bull. Menn. Clin., 17.
    510. Knight, R. P. (1972) Clinician and Therapist: Selected Papers of Robert P. Knight, ed. Stuart C. Miller. New York: Basic Books.
    511. Kohut, H. (1959) Introspection, empathy, and psycho-analysis. JAPA, 7.
    512. Kohut, H. (1971) The Analysis of the Self. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    513. Kohut, H. (1977) The Restoration of the Self. New York Int. Univ. Press.
    514. Kohut, H. (1978) The Search for the Self, ed. P. Ornstein. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    515. Kohut, H. (1984) How Does Analysis Cure? ed. A Goldben & P. Stepansky. Chicago: Univ. Chicago Press.
    516. Kohut, H. & Wolf, E. S. (1978) The disorders of the self and their treatment. IJP, 59.
    517. Krapf, E. E. (1961) The concept of normality and mental, health in psychoanalysis. IJP, 59.
    518. Kreisler, L. (1984) Fundamentals for a psychosomatic pathology of infants. In: Frontiers of Infant Psychiatry, ed. J. D. Call, E. Galenson & R. L. Tyson. New York: Basic Books, vol. 2.
    519. Kris, A. O. (1982) Free Association. New Haven: Yale Univ. Press.
    520. Kris, A. O. (1984) The conflicts of ambivalence. PSOC, 39.
    521. Kris, E. (1951) Ego psychology and interpretation in psychoanalytic therapy. P. Q, 20.
    522. Kris, E. (1952) Psychoanalytic Exploration in Art. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    523. Kris, E. (1956) On some vicissitudes of insight in psychoanalysis. IJP, 37.
    524. Kris, E. (1956) The personal myth. JAPA, 4.
    525. Kris, E. (1956) The recovery of childhood memories in psychoanalysis. PSOC, 11.
    526. Krupuick, J. L. & Horowitz, M. J. (1981) Stress response syndromes. Arch. Gen. Psychiat., 38.
    527. Krystal, H. ed. (1968) Massive Psychic Trauma. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    528. Krystal, H. (1978) Trauma and affects. PSOC, 33.
    529. Krystal, H. (1981) The hedonic element in affectivity. J. Psychoanal., 9.
    530. Krystal, H. (1982) Alexithymia and the affectiveness of psychoanalytic treatment. Int. J. Psychoanal. Psychother., 9.
    531. Kubie, L. S. (1947) The fallacious use of quantitative concepts in dynamic psychology. P. Q, 16.
    532. Kubie, L. S. (1962) The fallacious misuse of the concept of sublimation. PQ, 31.
    533. Kubie, L. S. (1972) Personal communication.
    534. Kubie, L. S. (1975) The language tools of psychoanalysis. Int. Rev. Psychoanal., 2.
    535. Labov, W. (1972) Language in the Inner City. Philadelphia: Univ. Penn. Press.
    536. Lagache, D. (1953) Behavior and psychoanalytic experience In Drives. Affects, Behavior, ed. R. Loewenstein. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    537. Langer, S. K. (1962) Problems and techniques of psychoanalytic validation and progress. In: Psychoanalysis as Science, ed. E. Pumplan-Mindlin. Stanford: Stanford Univ. Press.
    538. Langer, W. (1958) The next assignment. Amer. Imago, 15.
    539. Langhlin, H. P. (1967) The Neurosis. Washington: Butterworth.
    540. Laplanche, J. & Pontalis, J. B. (1967) Vocabulaire de la Psychoanalyse. Paris: Presses Universitaires de France.
    541. Laplanche, J. & Pontalis, J. B. (1973) The Language of Psychoanalysis. London: Hogarth Press.
    542. Laplanche, J. & Pontalis, J. B. (1983) The Language of psychoanalysis. London: Hogarth Press.
    543. Laseque, C. (1977) Les exhibitionnistes. L'Union Medicale, Froisieme Serie, 23.
    544. Leaff, L. A. (1971) Affect versus feeling. JAPA, 19.
    545. Leon, I. G. (1984) Psychoanalysis, Piaget and attachment. Int. Rev. Psychoanal., 11.
    546. Lerner, H. E. (1976) Parental Mislabeling of female genitals as a determinant of penis envy and learning inhibitions in women. JAPA, 24 (suppl.).
    547. Levey, M. (1985) The concept structure in psychoanalysis. Annu. Psychoanal. 12—13.
    548. Levy, D. (1983) Wittgenstein on the form of psychoanalytic interpretation. Int. Rev. Psycho-anal., 10.
    549. Levy, S. T. (1984) Principles of Interpretaion. New York: Aronson.
    550. Levy, S. T. (1984) Psychoanalytic perspectives on emptiness. JAPA, 32.
    551. Levy, S. T. (1985) Empathy and psychoanalytic technique. JAPA, 33.
    552. Lewin, B. D. (1933) The body as phallus. PQ, 2.
    553. Lewin, B. D. (1946) Sleep, the mouth, and the dream screen. PQ, 15.
    554. Lewin, B. D. (1950) The Psychoanalysis of Elation. New York: Norton.
    555. Lewin, B. D. (1953) Reconslde ration of the dream screen. PQ, 22.
    556. Lewis, H. B. (1971) Shame and Guilt in Neurosis. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    557. Lichtenberg, J., Bornstein, M. & Silver, D., eds. (1984) Empathy, vols. 1—2. Hillsdale & London: Analytic Press.
    558. Lichtenberg, J. D. & Kaplan, S. (1983) Reflections on Self Psychology. Hillsdale, N. J.: Analytic Press.
    559. Lichtenberg, J. D. & Slap, J. W. (1973) Notes on the concept of splitting and defense mechanism of splitting of representations. JAPA, 21.
    560. Lichtenstein, H. (1961) Identity and sexuality. JAPA, 9.
    561. Lichtenstein, H. (1970) Changing implications of the concept of psychosexual development. JAPA, 18.
    562. Lidz, T., Fleck, S. & Cornelison. A. R. (1965) Schizophrenia and the Family. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    563. Lifschutz, J. E. (1976) A critique of reporting and assessment in the training analysis. JAPA, 24.
    564. Limentani, A. (1979) The significance of transsexualism in relation to some basic psychoanalytic concepts. Int. Rev. Psychoanal., 6.
    565. Loewald, H. W. (1951) Ego and reality. IJP, 32.
    566. Loewald, H. W. (1959) The waning of the Oedipus complex. JAPA, 27.
    567. Loewald, H. W. (1962) Internalization, separation, mourning, and the superego. PQ, 31.
    568. Loewald, H. W. (1971) Some considerations on repetition and repetition compulsion. IJP, 52.
    569. Loewald, H. W. (1973) On internalization. IJP, 54.
    570. Loewenstein, R. M. (1951—72) Practice and Precept in Psycho analytic Technique. New Haven: Yale Univ. Press, 1982.
    571. Loewenstein, R. M. (1951) The problem of interpretation. PQ, 20.
    572. Loewenstein, R. M. (1957) A contribution to the psychoanalytic theory of masochism. JAPA, 5.
    573. Loewenstein, R. M., Newman, L. M., Schur, M. & Solnit, A. J., eds. (1966) Psychoanalysis — A General Psychology. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    574. Lorand, S. (1950) Clinical Studies in Psychoanalysis. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    575. Lowinger, J. (1976) Ego Development. San Francisco: Jossey Bass.
    576. Luria, A. R. (1978) The human brain and conscious activity. In: Consciousness and Self-Regulation, ed. G. E. Shwarta & D. Shapiro. New York: Plenum Press, 1978, vol. 2.
    577. Lustman, J. (1977) On splitting. PSOC, 32.
    578. Lynd, H. M. (1961) On Shame and the Search for Identity New York: Science Editions.
    579. Madow, Z. & Snow, L. H., eds. (1970) The Psychodynamic Implications of the Physiological Studies on Dreams. Springfield, III: Thomas.
    580. Mahler, M. S. (1952) On child psychosis and schizophrenia. PSOC, 7.
    581. Mahler, M. S. (1963) Thoughts and development and individuation. PSOC. 12.
    582. Mahler, M. S. (1966) Notes on the development of basic moods: the depressive affect in psychoanalysis. In: Psychoanalysis — A General Psychology, ed. R. M. Loewenstein, L. M. Newman, M. Schuz & A. J. Solnit. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    583. Mahler, M. S. (1968) On Human Symbiosis and the Vicissitudes of Individuation. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    584. Mahler, M. S. (1975) Discussion on Bernard L. Pacella's paper. JAPA, 23.
    585. Mahler, M. S. (1975) On the current status of infantile neurosis. JAPA, 23.
    586. Mahler, M. S. (1979) Selected Papers of Margaret S. Mahler, vol. 2. New York: Jason Aronson.
    587. Mahler, M. S. & Purer, M. (1968) On Human Symbiosis and the Vicissitudes of Individuation. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    588. Mahler, M. S. & Gosliner, B. J. (1955) On Symbiotic child psychosis. PSOC, 10.
    589. Mahler, M. S., Pine, F. & Bergman, A. (1975) The Psychological Birth of the Human Infant. New York: Basic Books.
    590. Mahony, P. (1979) The boundaries of free association. Psychoanal. Contemp. Thought, 2.
    591. Malcove, L. (1975) The analytic situation (and Panel discussion). J. Phila. Assn. Psychoanal., 2.
    592. Marcovitz, E. (1973) On confidentiality in psychoanalysis. Bull. Phila. Assn. Psychoanal., 23.
    593. Marcus, I. M. & Francis, J. J. (1975) Masturbation. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    594. Marty, P. & de M'Uzan, M. (1963) La pensйe opйratoire. Rev. Psychoanaltique, 27 suppl.
    595. Masson, J. M. (1980) The Oceanic Feeling. Boston: D. Reidel Publishing Company.
    596. Masters, W. H. & Johnson, V. E. (1966) Human Sexual Response. Boston: Little, Brown.
    597. McDaugall, J. (1984) The "dis-affected" patient. PQ, 53.
    598. McDevitt, J. B. (1975) Separation-individuation and object constancy. JAPA, 23.
    599. Meehl, P. E. (1962) Hedonic capacity. Bull. Menn. Clin., 39.
    600. Meissner, W. H. (1978) The Paranoid Process. New York: Aronson.
    601. Meissner, W. W. (1979) Internalization and object relations. JAPA, 27.
    602. Meissner, W. W. (1981) Internalization in Psychoanalysis. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    603. Meissner, W. W. (1981) Metapsychology: who needs it. JAPA, 29.
    604. Meissner, W. W., Mack, J. E. & Semrad, E. V. (1975) Classical Psychoanalysis. In: Comprehensive Textbook of Psychiatry, ed. A. M. Freedman, H. I. Kaplan & J. Sadock. Baltimore: Williams & Wilkins.
    605. Menninger, W. (1943) Characterologic and symptomatic expressions related to the anal phase of psycho sexual development. PQ, 12.
    606. Mesmer, Franz Anton (1965) The Nature of Hypnosis, ed. Ronald E. Shor and Martin T. Orne. New York: Holt, Rinehart and Winston.
    607. Metcalf, D. & Spitz, R. A. (1978) The transitional object. In: Grolnick et al. (1978).
    608. Meyer, B. C. (1972) The contribution of psychoanalysis to biography. Psychoanal. Contemp. Sci., 1.
    609. Meyer, J. (1982) The theory of gender identity disorders. JAPA, 30.
    610. Meyer, J. (1985) Ego-dystonic homosexuality. In: Comprehensive Textbook of Psychiatry, 4th ed., ed. H. Kaplan & B. Sadock. Baltimore: Williams & Wilkins.
    611. Meyer, J. (1985) Paraphilia. In: Comprehensive Textbook of Psychiatry, ed. H. Kaplan & B. Sadock. Baltimore, Williams & Wilkins, 4th ed.
    612. Michaels, R. & Gaeger, R. K. Adaptation. PMC. Forthcoming.
    613. Milrod, D. (1982) The wished-for-self-image. PSOC, 37.
    614. Modell, A. H. (1958) The Theoretical implications of hallucinatory experiences in schizophrenia. JAFA, 6.
    615. Modell, A. H. (1965) Object Love and Reality. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    616. Modell, A. H. (1970) The transitional object and the creative act. PQ, 39.
    617. Modell, A. H. (1975) The ego and the id. IJP, 56.
    618. Money, J. & Green, R. (1969) Transsexualism and Sex Reassignment. Baltimore: Johns Hopkins Univ. Press.
    619. Monroe, R. R (1970) Episodic Behavior Disorders. Cambridge: Harvard Univ. Press.
    620. Moore, B. E. (164) Frigidity. PQ. 33.
    621. Moore, B. E. (1975) Freud and female sexuality. IJP, 57.
    622. Moore, B. E. (1975) Toward a clarification on the concept of narcissism. PSOC, 30.
    623. Moore, B. E. (1976) Freud and female sexuality. IJP, 57.
    624. Moore, B. E. (1977) Psychic representation and female orgasm. In: Female Psychology, ed. H. P. Blum. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    625. Moore, B. E. & Fine, B. D., eds. (1967) A Glossary of Psychoanalytic Terms and Concepts. New York: Amer. Psychoanal. Assn.
    626. Moore, B. E. & Rubinfine, D. Z. (1969) The mechanism of denial. Kris Study Group Monographs, New York: Int. Univ. Press, vol. 3.
    627. Moses, R. (1978) Adult psychic trauma. IJP, 59.
    628. Murray, C. D. (1930) Psychogenic factors in the etiology of ulcerative colitis and bloody diarrhea. Amer. J. Med. Sci., 180.
    629. Nagera, H., ed. (1966) Early Childhood Disturbances, the Infantile Neurosis, and the Adulthood Disturbances. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    630. Nagera, H. (1967) The concepts of structure and structuralization. PSOC, 22.
    631. Nagera, H. (1969—71) Basic Psychoanalytic Concepts. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    632. Nagera, H. (1976) Obsessional Neuroses. New York: Aronson.
    633. Natterson, J. M. (1980) The Dream in Clinical Practice. New York: Jason Aronson.
    634. Nemiah, J. C. & Sifneos, P. E. (1970) Affect and fantasy in patients with psychosomatic disorders. In: Modern Trends in Psychosomatic Medicine, ed. O. W. Hill. London: Butterworths, vol. 2.
    635. Neubaner, P. B. (1979) The role of insight in psychoanalysis JAPA, 27.
    636. Neubaner, P. B. (1982) Rivalry, envy, and Jealousy. PSOC, 37.
    637. Novick, J. (1982) Varieties of transference in the analysis of an adolescent. IJP, 42.
    638. Novick, J. & Kelly, K. (1970) Projection and externalization. PSOC, 25.
    639. Noy, P. Wollstein, S. & Kaplan-de-Nour, A. (1966) Clinical observations of the psychogenesis of impotence. Brit. J. Med. Psychol., 39.
    640. Nunberg, H. (1948) The synthetic function of the ego. In: Practice and Theory of Psychoanalysis. New York: Int. Univ. Press, vol. 1.
    641. Nunberg, H. (1954) Evaluation of the results of psychoanalytic treatment. IJP, 35.
    642. Nunberg, H. (1955) Principles of Psychoanalysis. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    643. Ogden, T. (1982) Projective Identification and Psycho-therapeutic Technique. New York: Jason Aronson.
    644. Olinick, S. Z. (1964) The negative therapeutic reaction. IJP, 45.
    645. Olinick, S. Z. (1980) The Psychotheraputic Instrument. New York: Jason Aronson.
    646. Ornston, D. G. (1978) On projection. PSOC, 33.
    647. Ornston, D. G. (1982) Strachey's influence. IJP, 63.
    648. Ornston, D. G. (1985a) Freud's conception is different from Strachey's. JAPA, 33.
    649. Ornston, D. G. (1985b) The invention of "cathexes" and Strachey's strategy. Int. Rev. Psychoanal., 12.
    650. Ornston, D. G. (1988) How standard is the "Standard Edition? In Freud in Exile, ed. E. Timns & N. Segal. New Haven: Yale Univ. Press.
    651. Orr, D. W. (1954) Transference and countertransference. JAPA, 2.
    652. Ostow, M. (1974) Sexual Deviation. New York: Quadrangle.
    653. Pacella, B. (1975) Early ego development and the deja vu. JAPA, 23.
    654. Panel (1957) Acting out and its relation to impulse disorders. M. Kanzer, reporter. JAPA, 5.
    655. Panel (1958) Problems of identity. D. Z. Rubinfine, reporter. JAPA, 6.
    656. Panel (1958) Technical aspects of regression during psychoanalysis. K. T. Calder, reporter. JAFA, 11.
    657. Panel (1963) The concept of the id. E. Marcovitz, reporter. JAPA, 11.
    658. Panel (1964) Depersonalization. W. A. Stewart, reporter. JAPA, 12.,.
    659. Panel (1966) Clinical and theoretical aspects of "as-if" characters. J. Weiss, reporter. JAPA, 11.
    660. Panel (1969) The theory of genital primacy in the light of ego psychology. M. Berezin, reporter. JAPA, 17.
    661. Panel (1971) Action, acting out, and the symptomatic act. N. Actins, reporter. JAPA, 18.
    662. Panel (1970) Psychoanalytic theory of affects. L. B. Lofgren, reporter. JAPA, 16.
    663. Panel (1970) The development of the child's sense of his sexual identity. Virginia, L. Glower, reporter. JAPA, 18.
    664. Panel (1970) The negative therapeutic reaction. S. L. Olinick, reporter. JAPA, 18.
    665. Panel (1972) Levels of confidentiality in the psychoanalytic situation. A. S. Watson, reporter JAPA, 20.
    666. Panel (1974) Toward a theory of affects. P. Castelneuvo-Tedesco, reporter. JAPA, 22. W.
    667. Panel (1975) The analytic situation. S. T. Shapiro, reporter. J. Phila. Aasn. Psychoanal.,2.
    668. Panel (1980) New directions in affect theory. E. P. Lester, reporter. JAPA, 30.
    669. Panel (1981) Insight. K. H. Blacker, reporter. JAPA, 29.
    670. Panel (1981) Masochism. W. Fischer, reporter. JAPA, 29.
    671. Panel (1982) Beyond lay analysis. H. Fischer, reporter. JAPA, 30.
    672. Panel (1983) Clinical aspects of character. M. Willick, reporter. JAPA, 31.
    673. Panel (1983) Theory of character. S. M. Abend, reporter. JAPA, 31.
    674. Panel (1984) The neutrality of the analyst in the analytic situation, R. J. Leider, reporter. JAPA, 32. (1985) Perspectives on the nature of psychic reality. E. Roughton, reporter. JAPA, 33.
    675. Panel (1987) Toward the further understanding of homosexual women. A Wolfson, reporter. JAPA, 35.
    676. Pao, P.-N. (1971) Elation, hypomania and mania. JAFA, 19.
    677. Parens, H. (1979) The Development of Aggression in Early Childhood. New York: Jason Aronson.
    678. Parens, H. (1980) Psychic development during the second and third years of life. In: The Course of Life, ed. S. Greenspan & G. Pollock. Washington: Nat. Inst. Health.
    679. Parens, H. & Saul, L. J. (1971) Dependence in Man. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    680. Person, E. & Ovesey, L. (1974) The transsexual syndrome in males. Amer. J. Psychother., 28.
    681. Person, E. & Ovesey, L. (1983) Psychoanalytic theories of gender identity. J. Amer. Acad. Psychoanal., 2.
    682. Peterfreund, E. & Schwartz, J. T. (1971) Information, systems, and Psychoanalysis. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    683. Peto, A. (1976) The etiological significance of the primal scene in perversions. PQ, 44.
    684. Pfeffer, A. Z. (1984) Modes of obsessional thinking. Presented at the New York Psychoanalytic Society, October 23.
    685. Piaget, J. (1937) The Construction of Reality in the Child. New York: Basic Books, 1954.
    686. Piaget, J. (1962) Play, Dreams and Imitation in Childhood New York: Norton.
    687. Piers, G. & Singer, M. B. (1953) Shame and Guilt. Springfield: Thomas; New ed., New York: Norton.
    688. Pine, F. (1985) Developmental Theory and Clinical Process. New Haven: Yale Univ. Press.
    689. Poland, W. S. (1984) On the analyst's neutrality. JAFA, 32.
    690. Pollock, G. H. (1961) Mourning and adaptation. IJP, 42.
    691. Pollock, G. H. (1978) Process and affect. IJP, 59.
    692. Potamianau, A. (1985) The personal myth. PSOC, 40.
    693. Provence, S. & Lipton, R. (1962) Infants in Institutions. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    694. Pulver, S. E. Symptomatology. PMC. Forthcoming.
    695. Pulver, S. E. (1970) Narcissism. JAPA, 18.
    696. Rado, S. (1949) An adaptational view of sexual behavior In Psychosexual Development in Health and Disease, ed. P. H. Hock & J. Lubin. New York: Grune & Stratton.
    697. Rangell, L. Affects. PMC. Forthcoming.
    698. Rangell, L. (1959) The nature of conversion. JAPA, 7.
    699. Rangell, L. (1963) Structural problems in intrapsychic conflict. PSOC, 18.
    700. Rangell, L. (1966) An overview of the ending of an analysis. In: Psychoanalysis in Americas, ed. R. E. Litman. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    701. Rangell, L. (1968) A point of view on acting out. IJP, 49.
    702. Rangell, L. (1981) From insight to change. JAPA, 29.
    703. Rangell, L. (1981) Psychoanalysis and dynamic psychotherapy. PQ, 50.
    704. Rangell, L. (1983) Defense and resistance in psychoanalysis and life. JAPA, 31 (suppl.).
    705. Rangell, L. (1985) The object in psychoanalytic theory. JAPA, 33.
    706. Rank, O. (1909) The Myth of the Birth of the Hero. New York: Nerv. Ment. Dis. Monogr., 18.
    707. Rank, O. (1924) The Trauma of Birth. New York: Robert Brunner, 1952.
    708. Rapaport, D. (1942) Emotions and Memory. New York: Int. Univ. Press, 1950.
    709. Rapaport, D. (1960) The structure of Psychoanalytic Theory. Psychol. Issues, monogr. 6, New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    710. Rapaport, D. & Gill, M. M. (1959) The points of view and assumptions of metapsychology. In: The Collected Papers of David Rapaport. New York: Basic Books, 1967.
    711. Rapoport, A. (1955) The role of symbols in human behavior. Psychiatric Research Reports, vol. 2, ed. J. S. Gottlieb et al. Washington: Amer. Psychiat. Assn.
    712. Rappaport, E. A. (1968) Beyond traumatic neurosis. IJP, 49.
    713. Reich, A. (1951) On countertransference. In: Psychoanalytic Contributions. New York: Int. Univ. Press, 1973.
    714. Reich, A. (1953) Narcissistic object choice in women. JAPA, 1.
    715. Reich, A. (1954) Early identifications as archaic elements in the superego. JAPA, 2.
    716. Reich, A. (1960) Pathologic forms of self-esteem regulation. PSOC, 15.
    717. Reich, W. (1933) Character Analysis. New York: Orgone Press, 1949.
    718. Reich, W. (1933) Some circumscribed character forms. In: Character Analysis. New York: Orgone Institute Press.
    719. Reik, T. (1919) Ritual. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    720. Reiser, M. (1984) Mind, Brain and Body New York: Basic Books.
    721. Richards, A. D. (1985) Isakower-like experience on the couch. PQ. 54.
    722. Ricoeur, P. (1970) Freud and Philosophy. New Haven — Yale Univ. Press.
    723. Ricoeur, P. (1976) Interpretation Theory. Forth Worth-Texas Christian Univ. Press.
    724. Rinsley, D. B. (1982) Fairbairn's object relations and classical concepts of dynamics and structure. In: Borderline and Other Self Disorders' A Developmental and Object-Relations Respective New York: Jason Aronson.
    725. Rioch, M. (1970) The work of W. R Bion on groups. Psychiatry, 33.
    726. Ritvo, S. (1971) Late adolescence. PSOC, 18.
    727. Ritvo, S. (1974) Current status of the concept of infantile neurosis. PSOC, 29.
    728. Robbins, F & Sadow, L (1974) A developmental hypothesis of reality processing. JAPA, 22.
    729. Rodman, F. R. (1987) Introduction In the Spontaneous Gesture — Selected Letters of D. W. Winnicott, ed. F. R. Rodman Cambridge—Harvard Univ. Press.
    730. Roiphe, H. (1968) On an early genital phase. PSOC, 23.
    731. Roiphe, H. & Galenson, E. (1981) Infantile Roots of Sexual Identity. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    732. Rose, G. (1978) The creativity of everyday life. In: Grolnick et al (1978).
    733. Rose, H. (1928) A Handbook of Greek Mythology. London: Methuen.
    734. Rosenblatt, A. D. & Thickstun, J T. (1970) A study of the concept of psychic energy. IJP, 51.
    735. Rosenthal, S. M. (1968) The involutional depressive syndrome. Amer J. Psychiat., 124.
    736. Ross, N. (1967) The "as-if" concept. JAPA, 15.
    737. Ross, N. (1970) The primacy of genitality in the light of ego psychology. JAPA, 18.
    738. Rothstein, A. (1983) The Structural Hypothesis. New York: Int., Univ. Press.
    739. Roughton, R. Action and acting out. FMC. Forthcoming.
    740. Rubinstein, B. B. (1972) On metaphor and related phenomena. In: Psychoanalysis and Contemporary Science, ed. A. R. Holt & E. Peterfreund., New York: Int. Univ. Press, vol. 1.
    741. Rutter, M. (1972) Maternal Deprivation. Baltimore: Penguin Books.
    742. Rycroft, C. (1968) A critical Dictionary of Psychoanalysis New York: Basic Books.
    743. Sachs, D. M. (1979) On the relationship between psycho-analysis and psychoanalytic psychotherapy. Bull. Phila Assn. Psychoanal, 6.
    744. Sachs, H. (1942) The Creative Unconscious Cambridge, Mass.: Sci. Art. Publishers.
    745. Samuels, A. (1985) Jung and the Post-Jungians London — Routledge & Kegan Paul.
    746. Sandler, J. (1960) On the concept of the superego. PSOC, 15.
    747. Sandler, J., Dare, C. & Holder, A (1973) The negative therapeutic reaction. In: The Patient and the Analyst New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    748. Sandler, J. & Freud, A. (1985) The Analysis of Defense. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    749. Sandler, J., Hodler, A. & Meers, D. (1963) The ego ideal and the ideal self. PSOC, 18.
    750. Sandler, J., Kennedy, H & Tyson, R. L (1980) The Technique of Child Psychoanalysis. Cambridge—Harvard Univ. Press.
    751. Sandler, J. & Rosenblatt, B. (1962) The concept of the representational world. PSOC, 17.
    752. Sandler, J. & Sandier, A. M. (1978) On the development of object relationships and affects. IJP, 59.
    753. Sarlin, C. N. (1962) Depersonalization and derealization. JAPA, 10.
    754. Sarlin, C. N. (1970) The current status of the concept of genital primacy. JAPA. 18.
    755. Sarnoff, C. A. (1978) Latency. New York: Aronson.
    756. Saussure de, F. (1911) Course in General Linguistic. New York: McGraw Hill.
    757. Schafer. R. (1968) Aspects of Internalization. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    758. Schafer. R. (1974) Problems in Freud's psychology of women. JAPA, 22.
    759. Schafer. R. (1975) Psychoanalysis without psychodynamics. IJP, 56.
    760. Schafer. R. (1976) A New Language for Psychoanalysis. New Haven: Yale Univ. Press.
    761. Schafer. R. (1983) The Analytic Attitude. New York: Basic Books.
    762. Schechner, R. & Schuman, M. (1976) Ritual, Play and Performance New York: Seabury Press.
    763. Schlesinger, N. & Robbins, F. P. (1983) A Developmental View of the Psychoanalytic Process. New York; Int. Univ. Press.
    764. Schneirla, T. C. (1959) An evolutionary and developmental theory of biphasic processes underlying approach and withdrawal. In: Nebraska Symposium on Motivation, ed. H. R. Jones. London: Univ. Nebraska Press.
    765. Schur, M. (1955) Comments on the metapsychology of somatization. PSOC, 10.
    766. Schur, M. (1966) The Id and the Regulatory Principles of Mental Functioning. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    767. Schuster. D. B. (1969) Bisexuality and body as phallus. PQ, 38.
    768. Schwartz, H. J., ed. (1984) Psychotherapy of the Combat Veteran. New York: SP Medical and Scientific Books.
    769. Segal, H. (1957) Notes on symbol formation. IJP, 39.
    770. Segal, H. (1964) Introduction to the Work of Melanie Klein. London: Hogarth Press, 1973.
    771. Segal, H. (1973) Introduction to the work of Melanie Klein. London: W. Heinemann.
    772. Segal, H. (1981) The Work of Hanna Segal. New York: Jason Aronson.
    773. Segal, H. (1986) Illumination of the dim, shadowy era. Sunday Times, London, May 11, 1986.
    774. Shane, M. Shane, E. (1982) Psychoanalytic theories of aggression. Psychoanal. Inquiry, 2.
    775. Shane, M. Shane, E. (1984) The end phase of analysis. JAPA, 32.
    776. Shane, M. Shane, E. (1985) Change and integration in psychoanalytic developmental theory. In: New Ideas in Psychoanalysis, ed. C. F. Settlage & R. Brockbank. Hillsdale, N. J. Analytic Press.
    777. Shapiro, T. (1979) Clinical Psycholinguistics. New York: Plenum Press.
    778. Shapiro, T. (1984) On neutrality. JAPA, 32.
    779. Shengold, L. (1967) The effects of overstimulation. IJP, 48.
    780. Shopper, M. (1979) The (re)discovery of the vagina and the importance of the menstrual tampon. In: Female Adolescent Development, ed. M. Sugar. New York: Brunner/Mazel.
    781. Sifneos, P. E. (1975) Problems of psychotherapy of patients with alexithymic characteristics and physical disease Psychother & Psychosom., 26.
    782. Slap, J. & Saykin, J. (1984) On the nature and organization of the repressed. Psychoanal. Inquiry, 4.
    783. Slovenko, R. (1973) Psychiatry and Law. Boston: Little, Brown.
    784. Smith, J. H. (1976) Language and the genealogy of the absent object. In: Psychiatry and the Humanities, vol. 1, ed. J. H. Smith. New Haven-Yale Univ. Press.
    785. Smith, J. H. ed. (1978) Psychoanalysis and Language. New Haven: Yale Univ. Press.
    786. Smith, W. R. (1894) The Religion of the Semites. New York: Meridian Library, 1956.
    787. Socarides, C. W. (1963) The historical development of theoretical and clinical aspects of female homosexuality. JAPA, 11.
    788. Socarides, C. W. (1970) A psychoanalytic study of the desire for sexual transformation ("transsexualism"). IJP, 51.
    789. Socarides, C. W. (1978) Homosexuality. New York: Jason Aronson.
    790. Socarides, C. W. (1982) Abdication fathers, Homosexual Sons. In: Father and Child, ed. S. H. Cath, A. R. Gurwitt & J. M. Ross. Boston: Little, Brown.
    791. Solnit, A. J. & Ritvo, S. Instinct theory. PMC. Forthcoming.
    792. Sophocles. The Oedipus Cycle, tr. D. Fitts & R. Fitzgerald. New York: Harcourt, Brace & World, 1969.
    793. Sours, J. A. (1974) The anorexia nervosa syndrome. IJP, 55.
    794. Sours, J. A. (1980) Starving to Death in a Sia of Objects. New York: Aronson.
    795. Spence, J. T. & Helmrich, R. L. (1978) Masculinity and Femininity. Austin and London: Univ. of Texas Press.
    796. Sperber, D. (1974) Rethinking Symbolism. Cambridge: Cambridge Univ. Press.
    797. Sperling, M. (1976) Anorexia nervosa. In: Psychosomatic Disorders in Childhood, ed. O. Sperling. New York: Aronson.
    798. Spitz, R. A. (1945) Hospitalism. FSOC. 1.
    799. Spitz, R. A. (1946) Anaclitic depression. PSOC, 2.
    800. Spitz, R. A. (1946) Hospitalism: A follow-up report. PSOC, 2.
    801. Spitz, R. A. (1946) The smiling response. Genet. Psychol. Monagr. 34.
    802. Spitz, R. A. (1955) The primal cavity. PSOC, 10.
    803. Spitz, R. A. (1957) No and Yes. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    804. Spitz, R. A. (1959) A Genetic Field Theory of Ego Formation. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    805. Spitz, R. A. (1965) The First Year of Life. New York:Int. Univ. Press.
    806. Spitz, R. A. & Wolf, K. M. (1946) The smiling response. Genet. Psycholol. Monogr., 34.
    807. Spruiell, V. The self. PMC. Forthcoming.
    808. Stamm, J. L. (1962) Altered ego states allied to the depersonalization. JAPA, 10.
    809. Stein, M. (1971) The principle of multiple function. Bull. Phila. Assn. Psychoanal., 21.
    810. Stekely, L. (1960) Success, success neurosis and the self. Brit. J. Med. Psychol., 33.
    811. Sterba, R. E. (1936—37) Hardwцrterbuch der Psychoanalyse. Vienna: Int. Psychoanal. Verlag.
    812. Stern, D. N. (1974) The goal and structure of mother-infant play. J. Amer. Acad. Child Psychiat., 13.
    813. Stern, D. N. (1984) Affect attunement. In: Frontiers of Infant Psychiatry. New York: Basic Books, vol. 2.
    814. Stern, D. N. (1985) The Interpersonal World of the Infant New York: Basic Books.
    815. Stevens, A. (1982) Archetype. London: Rouledge & Kegan Paul.
    816. Stoller, R. J. (1971) The term "transvestism". Arch. Gen. Psychiat., 24.
    817. Stoller, R. J. (1972) The "bedrock" of masculinity and femininity: bisexuality. Arch. Gen. Psychiat., 26.
    818. Stoller, R. J. (1974) Hostility and mystery in perversion. IJP, 55.
    819. Stoller, R. J. (1975) Sex and Gender, vol. 2. New York: Jason Aronson.
    820. Stoller, R. J. (1976) Primary femininity. JAPA, 24 (5).
    821. Stoller, R. J. (1982) Hear miss. In: Eating, Sleeping, and Sexuality, ed. M. Zalea. New York: Brunner/ Mazel.
    822. Stoller, R. J. (1985) Observing the Erotic Imagination. New Haven: Yale Univ. Press.
    823. Stolorow, R. (1984) Self psychology — a structural psychology. In: Reflections on Self Psychology, ed. J. Lichtenberg & S. Kaplan Hillsdale, N. J.: Analytic Press.
    824. Stolorow, R. Transference. PMC. Forthcoming.
    825. Stone, L. (1954) The widening scope of indications for psychoanalysis. JAPA, 2.
    826. Stone, L. (1961) The Psychoanalytic Situation. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    827. Stone, L. (1967) The psychoanalytic situation and transference. JAPA, 15.
    828. Stone, L. (1971) Reflections on the psychoanalytic concept of aggression. FQ, 40.
    829. Stone, L. (1973) On resistance to the psychoanalytic process. In: Psychoanalysis and Contemporary Science, ed. B. B. Rubinstein. New York: Macmillan, vol. 2.
    830. Stone, M. H. (1980) Borderline Syndromes. New York: McGrow Hill.
    831. Strachey, J. (1934) The nature of the therapeutic action of psychoanalysis. IJP, 15.
    832. Strachey, J. (1962) The emergence of Freud's fundamental hypothesis. SE, 3.
    833. Strachey, J. (1963) Obituary (Joan Riviere). IJP, 44.
    834. Strachey, J. (1966) General preface. SE, 1.
    835. Swank, R. L. (1949) Combat exhaustion. J. Nerv. Ment. Dis., 109.
    836. Szekely, L. (1960) Success, success neurosis and the self. Brit. J. Med. Psychol., 33.
    837. Taylor, G. J. (1977) Alexithymia and countertranceference. Psychother & Psychosom., 28.
    838. Ticho, E. (1972) Termination of psychoanalysis. PQ, 41.
    839. Tolpin, M. (1970) The infantile neurosis. PSOC, 25.
    840. Tolpin, M. (1971) On the beginnings of a cohesive self. PSOC. 26.
    841. Tolpin, M. & Kohut, H. (1980) The disorders of the self. In: The Course of Life, ed. S. Greenspan & G. Pollock. Washington, B. C.: U. S. Dept. Health and Human Services.
    842. Turkle, S. (1986) A review of Grosskurth, P.: Molanie Klein. New York: Times Books, Review, May 18, 1986.
    843. Tyson, P. Development. PMC. Forthcoming.
    844. Tyson, P. (1982) A developmental line of gender identity, gender role, and choice of love object. JAPA, 30.
    845. Tyson, P. & Tyson, R. L. Development. PMC. Forthcoming.
    846. Tyson, P. & Tyson, R. L. The psychoanalitic theory of development. PMC. Forthcoming.
    847. Tyson, P. & Tyson, R. L. (1984) Narcissism and superego development. JAPA, 34.
    848. Tyson, R. & Sundler, J. (1971) Problems in the selection of patients for psychoanalysis. Brit. J. Med. Psychol., 44.
    849. Valenstein, A. F. (1979) The concept of "classical" psycho-analysis. JAPA. 27. (suppl.).
    850. Volkan, V. D. (1981) Linking Objects and Linking Phenomena. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    851. Waelder, R. (1930) The principle of multiple function. PQ, 5.
    852. Waelder, R. (1962) Book review of Psychoanalysis, Scientific Method and Philosophy, ed. S. Hook. JAPA, 10.
    853. Waelder, R. (1962) Psychoanalysis scientific method, and philosophy. JAPA, 10.
    854. Waelder, R. (1963) Psychic determinism and the possibility of prediction. PQ, 32.
    855. Waelder, R. (1967) Trauma and the variety of extraordinary challenges. In: Fuest (1967).
    856. Waelder, R. (1967) Inhibitions, symptoms and anxiety: forty years later. PQ, 36.
    857. Waldhorn, H. F. (1960) Assessment of analyzability. PQ, 29.
    858. Waldhorn, H. F. & Fine, B. (1971) Trauma and symbolism. Kris Study Group monogr. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    859. Wallace, E. R. (1983) Freud and Anthropology. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    860. Wallerstein, R. Reality. PMC. Forthcoming.
    861. Wallerstein, R. (1965) The goals of psychoanalysis. JAPA, 13.
    862. Wallerstein, R. (1975) Psychotherapy and Psychoanalysis. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    863. Wallerstein, R. (1983) Defenses, defense mechanisms and the structure of the mind. JAPA, 31 (suppl.).
    864. Wallerstein, R. (1988) One psychoanalysis or many? IJP, 69.
    865. Wangh, M. (1979) Some psychoanalytic observations on boredom. IJP, 60.
    866. Weinshel, E. M. (1968) Some psychoanalytic considerations on moods. IJP, 51.
    867. Weinshel, E. M. (1971) The ego in health and normality. JAPA, 18.
    868. Weisman, A. D. (1972) On Dying and Denying. New York: Behavioral Publications.
    869. Weinstock, H. J. (1962) Successful treatment of ulcerative colitis by psychoanalysis. Brit. J. Psychoanal. Res., 6.
    870. Welmore, R. J. (1963) The role of grief in psychoanalysis. IJP. 44.
    871. Werner, H. & Kaplan, B. (1984) Symbol Formation. Hillsdale N. J.: Lawrence Eribaum.
    872. White. R. W. (1963) Ego and Reality in Psychoanalytic Theory. Psychol. Issues, 3.
    873. Whitman, R. M. (1963) Remembering and forgetting dreams in psychoanalysis. JAPA, 11.
    874. Wiedeman, G. Sexuality. PMC. Forthcoming.
    875. Wiedeman, G. (1962) Survey of psychoanalytic literature on overt male homosexuality. JAPA, 10.
    876. Wieder, H. (1966) Intellectuality. PSOC, 21.
    877. Wieder, H. (1978) The psychoanalytic treatment of preadolescents In Child Analysis and Therapy, ed. J. Glenn. New York Aronson.
    878. Willick, M. S. Defense. PMC. Forthcoming.
    879. Wilson, C. P. (1967) Stone as a symbol of teeth. PQ, 36.
    880. Wilson, C. P Hohan, C. & Mintz, I. (1983) Fear of Being Fat. New York: Aronson.
    881. Wilson, C. P. S Mintz, I. (1982) Abstaining and bulimic anorexics. Primary Care, 9.
    882. Wilson, E. O. (1978) On Human Nature. Cambridge: Harvard Univ. Press.
    883. Winnicott, C. (1978) D. W. W.: a reflection. In: Between Reality and Fantasy. New York: Jason Aronson.
    884. Winnicott, D. W. (1953) Transitional object and transitional phenomena. In: Collected Papers. New York Basic Books, 1958.
    885. Winnicott, D. W. (1956) Primary maternal preoccupation. In: Winnicott (1958).
    886. Winnicott, D. W. (1958) Collected Papers. New York: Basic Books, Inc.
    887. Winnicott, D. W. (1960) Ego distortions in terms of true and false self. In: The Maturational Processes and the Facilitating Environment. New York: Int. Univ. Press, 1965.
    888. Winnicott, D. W. (1960) The theory of the parent-infant relationship. In: Winnicott (1965).
    889. Winnicott, D. W. (1965) The Maturational Processes and the Facilitating Environment. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    890. Winnicott, D. W. (1971) Playing and Reality. New York: Basic Books.
    891. Winnicott, D. W. (1971) Therapeutic Consultations in Child Psychiatry. New York: Basic Books.
    892. Winnicott, D. W. (1977) The Piggle. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    893. Winson, J. (1985) Brain and Psyche. New York: Anchor Press.
    894. Wolf, E. S. (1976) Ambience and abstinence. Annu. Psycho-anal., 4.
    895. Wolf, E. S. (1980) On the developmental line of self-object relations. In: Advances in Self Psychology, ed. A. Goldberg. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    896. Wolf, E. S. (1983) Empathy and countertransference. In: The Future of Psychoanalysis, ed. A. Coldberg. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    897. Wolf, E. S. (1984) Disruptions in the psychoanalytic treatment of disorders of the self. In: Kohut's Legacy, ed. P. Stepansky & A. Coldberg, Hillsdale, H. J.: Analytic Press, 1984.
    898. Wolf, E. S. (1984) Selfobject relations disorders. In: Character Pathology, ed. M. Zales. New York: Bruner/Mazel.
    899. Wolf, E. S. & Trosman, H. (1974) Freud and Popper-Lynkeus. JAPA, 22.
    900. Wolfenstein, M. (1966) How is mourning possible? PSOC, 21.
    901. Wolman, B. B. ed. (1977) The International Encyclopedia of Psychiatry, Psychology, Psychoanalysis, and Neurology. New York: Aesculapius.
    902. Wolpert, E. A. (1980) Major affective disorders. In: Comprehensive Textbook of Psychiatry, ed. H. I. Kaplan, A. M. Freedman & B. J. Saddock. Boston: Williams & Wilkins, vol. 2.
    903. Wurmser, L. (1977) A defense of the use of metaphor in analytic theory formation. PQ, 46.
    904. Wurmser, L. (1981) The Mask of Shame. Baltimore: Johns Hopkins Univ. Press.
    905. Zetzel, E. R. (1956) Current concepts of transference. TJP, 37.

    Словарь психоаналитических терминов и понятий > БИБЛИОГРАФИЯ

  • 7 lustbetont

    I Adj. hedonistic; Mensch: fun-loving, pleasure-seeking
    II Adv. hedonistically
    * * *
    lụst|be|tont
    1. adj
    pleasure-orientated, governed by the pleasure principle; Beziehung, Mensch sensual
    2. adv
    sensually

    lustbetont unterrichten — to teach in such a way that learning is fun

    sein Leben so lustbetont wie möglich gestalten — to live one's life as enjoyably as possible

    * * *
    A. adj hedonistic; Mensch: fun-loving, pleasure-seeking
    B. adv hedonistically

    Deutsch-Englisch Wörterbuch > lustbetont

  • 8 beyond

    beyond [bɪ'jɒnd]
    (a) (on the further side of) au-delà de, de l'autre côté de;
    ∎ the museum is a few yards beyond the church le musée se trouve à quelques mètres après l'église;
    ∎ beyond the mountains lies China au-delà des montagnes se trouve la Chine;
    ∎ the countries beyond the sea les pays d'outre-mer ou au-delà des mers
    (b) (outside the range of) au-delà de, au-dessus de;
    ∎ do your duties extend beyond teaching? est-ce que vos fonctions s'étendent au-delà de l'enseignement?;
    ∎ beyond one's ability au-dessus de ses capacités;
    ∎ beyond belief incroyable;
    ∎ beyond question indiscutablement, incontestablement;
    ∎ beyond repair irréparable;
    ∎ due to circumstances beyond our control dû à des circonstances indépendantes de notre volonté;
    ∎ his guilt has been established beyond (all reasonable) doubt sa culpabilité a été établie sans aucun ou sans le moindre doute;
    ∎ it's (gone) beyond a joke cela dépasse les bornes;
    ∎ beyond one's means au-dessus de ses moyens;
    ∎ I'm beyond caring what they do next peu m'importe ce qu'ils feront ensuite;
    ∎ it's beyond me cela me dépasse, je n'y comprends rien;
    ∎ economics is completely beyond me je ne comprends rien à l'économie;
    ∎ why he wants to go there is beyond me je ne comprends pas pourquoi il veut y aller
    (c) (later than) au-delà de, plus de;
    ∎ the deadline has been extended to beyond 2002 l'échéance a été repoussée au-delà de 2002;
    ∎ beyond 2005 that law will no longer be valid après ou à partir de 2005, cette loi ne sera plus applicable;
    ∎ don't stay out beyond midnight! rentre avant minuit!
    (d) (apart from, other than) sauf, excepté;
    ∎ I know nothing beyond what I've already told you je ne sais rien de plus que ce que je vous ai déjà dit
    (a) (on the other side) au-delà, plus loin;
    ∎ the room beyond was smaller la pièce suivante était plus petite;
    ∎ they crossed the mountains and the valleys beyond ils ont traversé les montagnes et les vallées au-delà
    (b) (after) au-delà;
    ∎ major changes are foreseen for 2003 and beyond des changements importants sont prévus pour 2003 et au-delà
    3 the (great) beyond l'au-delà m
    ✾ Book 'Beyond the Pleasure Principle' Freud 'Au-delà du principe de plaisir'
    ✾ Book 'Beyond Good and Evil' Nietzsche 'Par-delà le bien et le mal'

    Un panorama unique de l'anglais et du français > beyond

  • 9 principe

    c black principe [pʀɛ̃sip]
    masculine noun
       a. ( = règle) principle
    • il n'est pas dans mes principes de... it's against my principles to...
    ► en principe ( = d'habitude, en général) as a rule ; ( = théoriquement) in principle
    ► de principe [hostilité, objection, opposition, soutien] automatic
    c black   b. ( = hypothèse) assumption
    • partir du principe que... to work on the assumption that...
    ━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━
    ✎ Le mot anglais se termine par - ple.
    * * *
    pʀɛ̃sip
    1.
    nom masculin
    1) ( règle) principle
    2) ( hypothèse) assumption
    3) ( concept) principle

    les principes d'une science/d'un art — ( rudiments) the rudiments of a science/an art

    4) Chimie principle

    2.
    en principe locution adverbiale
    1) ( habituellement) as a rule
    2) ( en théorie) in theory
    * * *
    pʀɛ̃sip nm

    partir du principe que — to work on the principle that, to work on the assumption that

    pour le principe — on principle, for the sake of it

    en principe (= habituellement) — as a rule, (= théoriquement) in theory

    Il déjeune en principe à midi et demi. — As a rule he has lunch at 12.30.

    En principe Anne doit arriver lundi. — In theory, Anne should arrive on Monday.

    * * *
    A nm
    1 ( règle) principle; avoir des principes to have principles; par principe on principle; pour le principe as a matter of principle; c'est une question de principe it's a matter of principle; objection de principe objection on the grounds of principle; principe de non-ingérence principle of noninterference; il a pour principe de ne jamais emprunter d'argent he never borrows money as a matter of principle; accord de principe provisional agreement;
    2 ( hypothèse) assumption; partir du principe que, poser comme principe que to work on the assumption that;
    3 ( concept) principle; ils ont accepté le principe d'une conférence de paix they have accepted the principle of a peace conference; quel est le principe de la machine à vapeur how does a steam engine work?, what's the principle behind the steam engine?; selon quel principe cette machine fonctionne-t-elle? on what principle does this machine work?; les principes d'une science/d'un art ( rudiments) the rudiments of a science/an art;
    4 Chimie, Pharm principle; les principes actifs contenus dans un médicament the active principles of a medicine;
    5 ( origine) principle; Dieu comme principe de toute chose God as the principle behind all things; remonter au principe des choses to go back to first principles.
    B en principe loc adv
    1 ( habituellement) as a rule; en principe je rentre chez moi vers 18 heures as a rule I get home at around six o'clock;
    2 ( en théorie) in theory; en principe on part vendredi in theory we're leaving on Friday.
    principe d'Archimède Phys Archimedes' principle; principe de causalité Philos causality; principe d'exclusion de Pauli Nucl, Phys Pauli exclusion principle; principe de plaisir Psych pleasure principle; principe de réalité Psych reality principle.
    [prɛ̃sip] nom masculin
    1. [règle morale] principle, rule of conduct
    2. [axiome] principle, law, axiom
    je pars du principe que... I start from the principle ou I assume that...
    3. [notion - d'une science] principle
    4. [fonctionnement] principle
    le principe de la vente par correspondance, c'est... the (basic) principle of mail-order selling is...
    5. [fondement] principle, constituent
    6. [origine] origin
    7. CHIMIE [extrait] principle
    8. ÉCONOMIE [produit]
    ————————
    de principe locution adjectivale
    [accord, approbation] provisional
    ————————
    en principe locution adverbiale
    [d'habitude]
    en principe, nous descendons à l'hôtel we usually stop at a hotel
    par principe locution adverbiale
    pour le principe locution adverbiale
    tu refuses de signer pour le principe ou pour des raisons personnelles? are you refusing to sign for reasons of principle or for personal reasons?

    Dictionnaire Français-Anglais > principe

  • 10 Lustprinzip

    n PSYCH. pleasure principle
    * * *
    Lụst|prin|zip
    nt (PSYCH)
    pleasure principle
    * * *
    Lust·prin·zip
    nt kein pl
    etw nach dem \Lustprinzip machen to do sth as one pleases [or for the pleasure of it]
    * * *
    Lustprinzip n PSYCH pleasure principle

    Deutsch-Englisch Wörterbuch > Lustprinzip

  • 11 zasada

    - dy; -dy; dat sg - dzie; f
    ( reguła) principle; CHEM alkali
    * * *
    f.
    1. (= reguła) rule, principle, tenet, precept; na jakiej zasadzie? by what right?; na równych zasadach on equal terms; zgodnie z zasadą, że... on the principle that...; praktyczna zasada rule of thumb; pierwsza/druga/trzecia zasada dynamiki first/second/third law of motion; zasada nieoznaczoności (Heisenberga) indeterminacy principle; zasada przyjemności psych. ( u Freuda) pleasure principle; zasada względności principle of relativity; zasada zachowania energii principle of conservation of energy; zasady prawdopodobieństwa laws of average; zasada przedawnienia prawn. statute of limitations.
    2. (= norma) law, rule; w zasadzie in principle; człowiek bez zasad unprincipled; człowiek z zasadami a man l. woman of principle; o wzniosłych zasadach high-minded, high-principled; być pozbawionym zasad have no backbone/principles; być niezgodnym z zasadami be against principles, unprincipled; grać zgodnie z zasadami play by rules; kłócić się z zasadami go against the grain; dla zasady on principle, as a matter of principle; łamać zasady break the rules; naginać zasady bend l. stretch the rules, stretch a point; mieć swoje zasady be set in one's habits l. ways; stosować się do zasad follow l. obey l. observe the rules; zasady przyzwoitości the decencies, the properties; z zasady (= zgodnie z przekonaniami) in principle; (= zazwyczaj) as a rule.
    3. chem. alkali, base; przechodzić w zasadę alkalify.

    The New English-Polish, Polish-English Kościuszko foundation dictionary > zasada

  • 12 महा _mahā

    1
    महा A cow.
    2
    महा The substitute of महत् at the beginning of Karmadhāraya and Bahuvrīhi compounds, and also at the beginning of some other irregular words. (Note: The number of compounds of which महा is the first mem- ber is very large, and may be multiplied ad infinitum. The more important of them, or such as have peculiar significations, are given below.)
    -Comp. -अक्षः an epithet of Śiva. ˚पटलिक a chief keeper of archives.
    -अङ्ग a. huge, bulky.
    -(ङ्गः) 1 a camel.
    -2 a kind of rat.
    -3 N. of Śiva.
    -अञ्जनः N. of a mountain.
    -अत्ययः a great danger or calamity.
    -अध्वनिक a. 'having gone a long way', dead.
    -अध्वरः a great sacrifice.
    -अनसम् 1 a heavy carriage.
    -2 cooking utensils. (
    -सी) a kitchen-maid. (
    -सः, -सम्) a kitchen; सूपानस्य करिष्यामि कुशलो$स्मि महानसे Mb.4.2.2.
    -अनिलः a whirl- wind; महानिलेनेव निदाघजं रजः Ki.14.59.
    -अनुभाव a.
    1 of great prowess, dignified, noble, glorious, magnanimous, exalted, illustrious; ग्रहीतुमार्यान् परिचर्यया मुहुर्महानु- भावा हि नितान्तमर्थिनः Śi.1.17; Ś.3.
    -2 virtuous, righteous, just.
    (-वः) 1 a worthy or respectable person.
    -2 (pl.) people of a religious sect in Mahārāṣtra founded by Chakradhara in the 13th century.
    -अन्तकः 1 death.
    -2 an epithet of Śiva.
    -अन्धकारः 1 thick darkness.
    -2 gross (spiritual) ignorance.
    -अन्ध्राः (pl.) N. of a people and their country.
    -अन्वय, -अभिजन a. nobly-born, of noble birth. (
    -यः, -नः) noble birth, high descent.
    -अभिषवः the great extraction of Soma.
    -अमात्यः the chief or prime minister (of a king).
    -अम्बुकः an epithet of Śiva.
    -अम्बुजम् a billion.
    -अम्ल a. very sour. (
    -म्लम्) the fruit of the tamarind tree. अरण्यम् a great (dreary) forest, large forest.
    -अर्घ a. very costly, costing a high price; महार्घस्तीर्थानामिव हि महतां को$प्यतिशयः U.6.11. (
    -र्घः) a kind of quail.
    -अर्घ्य a.
    1 valuable, precious.
    -2 invaluable; ines- timable; see महार्ह below.
    -अर्चिस् a. flaming high.
    -अर्णवः 1 the great ocean.
    -2 N. of Śiva.
    -अर्थ a.
    1 rich.
    -2 great, noble, dignified.
    -3 important, weighty.
    -4 significant.
    -अर्बुदम् one thousand millions.
    -अर्ह a.
    1 very valuable, very costly; महार्हशय्यापरिवर्तनच्युतैः स्वकेशपुष्पैरपि या स्म दूयते Ku.5.12.
    -2 invaluable, inestimable; महार्हशयनोपेत किं शेषे निहतो भुवि Rām.6.19. 2. (
    -र्हम्) white sandal-wood.
    -अवरोहः the fig-tree.
    -अशनिध्वजः a great banner in the form of the thunderbolt; जहार चान्येन मयूरपत्रिणा शरेण शक्रस्य महाशनि- ध्वजम् R.3.56.
    - अशन a. voracious, gluttonous; Mb. 4.
    -अश्मन् m. a precious stone, ruby.
    -अष्टमी the eighth day in the bright half of Āśvina sacred to Durgā; आश्विने शुक्लपक्षस्य भवेद् या तिथिरष्टमी । महाष्टमीति सा प्रोक्ता......
    -असिः a large sword.
    -असुरी N. of Durgā.
    -अह्नः the afternoon.
    -आकार a. extensive, large, great.
    -आचार्यः 1 a great teacher.
    -2 an epithet of Śiva.
    -आढ्य a. wealthy, very rich. (
    -ढ्यः) the Kadamba tree.
    -आत्मन् a.
    1 high-souled, high-minded, magnanimous, noble; अयं दुरात्मा अथवा महात्मा कौटिल्यः Mu.7; द्विषन्ति मन्दाश्चरितं महात्मनाम् Ku.5.75; U.1.49; प्रकृतिसिद्धमिदं हि महात्मनाम् Bh.1.63.
    -2 illustrious, distinguished, exalted, eminent; किमाचाराः किमाहाराः क्व च वासो महात्मनाम् Mb.3. 1.4.
    -3 mighty (महाबल); अथायमस्यां कृतवान् महात्मा लङ्केश्वरः कष्टमनार्यकर्म Rām.5.9.74. (-m.)
    1 the Supreme Spirit; युगपत्तु प्रलीयन्ते यदा तस्मिन् महात्मनि Ms.1.54.
    -2 the great principle, i. e. intellect of the Sāṅkhyas. (महात्मवत् means the same as महात्मन्).
    -आनकः a kind of large drum.
    -आनन्दः, -नन्दः 1 great joy or bliss.
    -2 espe- cially, the great bliss of final beatitude.
    (-न्दा) 1 spirituous liquor.
    -2 a festival on the ninth day in the bright half of Māgha.
    -आपगा a great river.
    -आयुधः an epithet of Śiva.
    -आरम्भ a. undertaking great works, enterprizing. (
    -म्भः) any great enterprize.
    -आलयः 1 a temple in general.
    -2 a sanctuary, an asylum.
    -3 a great dwelling.
    -4 a place of pilgrimage.
    -5 the world of Brahman.
    -6 the Supreme Spirit.
    -7 a tree &c. sacred to a deity.
    -8 N. of a particular dark fortnight.
    -9 पितृश्राद्ध in the month of Bhādra- pada. (
    -या) N. of a particular deity.
    - आशय a. high- souled, nobleminded, magnanimous, noble; दैवात् प्रबुद्धः शुश्राव वराहो हि महाशयः Ks; राजा हिरण्यगर्भो महाशयः H.4; see महात्मन्.
    (-यः) 1 a noble-minded or magnanimous person; महाशयचक्रवर्ती Bv.1.7.
    -2 the ocean.
    -आस्पद a.
    1 occupying a great position.
    -2 mighty, powerful.
    -आहवः a great or tumultuous fight.
    -इच्छ a.
    1 magnanimous, noble-minded, high-souled, noble; मही महेच्छः परिकीर्य सूनौ R.18.33.
    -2 having lofty aims or aspirations, ambitious; विद्यावतां महेच्छानां...... नाश्रयः पार्थिवं विना Pt.1.37.
    -इन्द्रः 1 'the great Indra', N. of Indra; इयं महेन्द्रप्रभृतीनधिश्रियः Ku.5.53; R.13.2; Ms.7.7.
    -2 a chief or leader in general.
    -3 N. of a mountain range; पतिर्महेन्द्रस्य महोदधेश्च R.6.54;4.39,43. ˚चापः rain-bow. ˚नगरी N. of Amarāvatī, the capital of Indra. ˚मन्त्रिन् m. an epithet of Bṛihaspati. ˚वाहः the elephant Airāvata; महेन्द्रवाहप्रतिमो महात्मा Mb.9.17.52.
    -इभ्य a. very rich.
    -इषुः a great archer; अधिरोहति गाण्डीवं महेषौ Ki.13.16.
    -इष्वासः a great archer, a great warrior; अत्र शूरा महेष्वासा भामार्जुनसमा युधि Bg.1.4.
    -ईशः, -ईशानः N. of Śiva; महेशस्त्वां धत्ते शिरसि रसराजस्य जयिनीम् Udb. ˚बन्धुः the Bilva tree.
    -ईशानी N. of Pārvatī.
    -ईश्वरः 1 a great lord, sovereign; महेश्वरस्त्र्यम्बक एव नापरः R.; गोप्तारं न निधीनां कथयन्ति महेश्वरं विबुधाः Pt.2.74.
    -2 N. of Śiva.
    -3 of Viṣṇu.
    -4 a god (opp. प्रकृति).
    -5 the Supreme Being (परमात्मा); मायां तु प्रकृतिं विद्यान्मायिनं तु महेश्वरम् Śvet. Up.4.1. ˚सखः N. of Kubera; यया कैलासभवने महेश्वरसखं बली Mb.9.11.55.
    (-री) 1 N. of Durgā.
    -2 a kind of bell-metal.
    -उक्षः (for उक्षन्) a large bull; a full grown or strong bull; महोक्षतां वत्सतरः स्पृशन्निव R.3.32;4.22;6.72; Śi.5.63.
    -उत्पलम् a large blue lotus. (
    -लः) the Sārasa bird.
    -उत्सवः 1 a great festival or occasion of joy; नयनविषयं जन्मन्येकः स एव महोत्सवः Māl.1.36.
    -2 the god of love.
    -उत्साह a. possessed of great energy, energetic, persevering; अहं च कर्णं जानामि...... सत्यसंधं महोत्साहं...... Mb.3.91.2.
    (-हः) 1 perseverance.
    -2 great pride; ये जात्यादिमहो- त्साहान्नरेन्द्रान्नोपयान्ति च । तेषामामरणं भिक्षा प्रायश्चितं विनिर्मितम् ॥ Pt.1.38.
    -उदधिः 1 the great ocean; महोदधेः पूर इवेन्दु- दर्शनात् R.3.17.
    -2 an epithet of Indra. ˚जः a conch- shell, shell.
    - उदय a. very prosperous or lucky, very glorious or splendid, of great prosperity.
    (-यः) 1 (a) great elevation or rise, greatness, prosperity; नन्दस्त्वतीन्द्रियं दृष्ट्वा लोकपालमहोदयम् Bhāg.1.28.1; अपवर्ग- महोदयार्थयोर्भुवमंशाविव धर्मयोर्गतौ R.8.16. (b) great fortune or good luck. (c) greatness, pre-eminence.
    -2 final beatitude.
    -3 a lord, master.
    -4 N. of the district called Kānyakubja or Kanouja; see App.
    -5 N. of the capital of Kanouja.
    -6 sour milk mixed with honey.
    -7 = महात्मन् q. v.; संसक्तौ किमसुलभं महोदयानाम Ki.7.27. ˚पर्वन् a time of union of the middle of श्रवण नक्षत्र and the end of व्यतिपात (generally in the month of माघ or पौष at the beginning of अमावास्या).
    - उदर a. big-bellied, corpulent.
    -(रम्) 1 a big belly.
    -2 dropsy.
    -उदार a.
    1 very generous or magnanimous.
    -2 mighty, powerful.
    -उद्यम a. = महोत्साह q. v; महोद्यमाः कर्म समा- रभन्ते.
    -उद्योग a. very industrious or diligent, hard- working.
    -उद्रेकः a particular measure (= 4 प्रस्थs).
    -उन्नत a. exceedingly lofty. (
    -तः) the palmyra tree.
    -उन्नतिः f. great rise or elevation (fig. also), high rank.
    -उपकारः a great obligation.
    -उपाध्यायः a great preceptor, a learned teacher.
    -उरगः a great serpent; वपुर्महोरगस्येव करालफणमण्डलम् R.12.98.
    -उरस्क a. broad-chested. (
    -स्कः) an epithet of Śiva.
    -उर्मिन् m. the ocean; ततः सागरमासाद्य कुक्षौ तस्य महोर्मिणः Mb.3.2.17.
    -उल्का 1 a great meteor.
    -2 a great fire-brand.
    -ऋत्विज् m. 'great priest', N. of the four chief sacri- ficial priests.
    -ऋद्धि a. very prosperous, opulent. (-f.) great prosperity or affluence.
    -ऋषभः a great bull.
    -ऋषिः 1 a great sage or saint; यस्मादृषिः परत्वेन महांस्त- स्मान्महर्षयः; (the term is applied in Ms.1.34 to the ten Prajāpatis or patriarchs of mankind, but it is also used in the general sense of 'a great sage').
    -2 N. of Sacute;iva.
    -3 of Buddha.
    -ओघ a. having a strong current.
    -घः a very large number; शतं खर्व- सहस्राणां समुद्रमभिधीयते । शतं समुद्रसाहस्रं महौघमिति विश्रुतम् ॥ Rām.6.28.37.
    -ओष्ठ (महोष्ठ) a. having large lips. (
    -ष्ठः) an epithet of Śiva.
    -ओजस् a. very mighty or powerful, possessed of great splendour or glory; महौजसा मानधना धनार्चिताः Ki.1.19. (-m.) a great hero or warrior, a champion. (-n.) great vigour.
    -ओजसम् the discus of Viṣṇu (सुदर्शन). (
    -सी) N. of plant (Mar. कांगणी).
    -ओदनी Asparagus Racemosus (Mar. शतावरी).
    -ओषधिः f.
    1 a very efficacious medicinal plant, a sovereign drug.
    -2 the Dūrvā grass.
    -3 N. of various plants ब्राह्मी, श्वेतकण्टकारी, कटुका, अतिविष &c. ˚गणः a collection of great or medicinal herbs:-- पृश्निपर्णी श्यामलता भृङ्गराजः शतावरी । गुड्चा सहदेवी च महौषधिगणः स्मृतः ॥ cf. also सहदेवी तथा व्याघ्री बला चातिबला त्वचा । शङ्खपुष्पी तथा सिंही अष्टमी च सुवर्चला ॥ महौषध्यष्टकं प्रोक्तं....
    -औषधम् 1 a sovereign remedy, panacea.
    -2 ginger.
    -3 garlic.
    -4 a kind of poison (वत्सनाभ).
    -कच्छः 1 the sea.
    -2 N. of Varuṇa.
    -3 a mountain.
    -कन्दः garlic.
    -कपर्दः a kind of shell.
    -कपित्थः 1 the Bilva tree.
    -2 red garlic.
    -कम्बु a. stark naked. (
    -म्बुः) an epithet of Śiva.
    -कर a.
    1 large-handed.
    -2 having a large revenue.
    -कर्णः an epithet of Śiva.
    -कर्मन् a. doing great works. (-m.) an epithet of Śiva.
    -कला the night of the new moon.
    -कल्पः a great cycle of time (1 years of Brahman); Bhāg.7.15.69.
    -कविः 1 a great poet, a classical poet, such as कालिदास, भवभूति, बाण, भारवि &c.
    -2 an epithet of Śukra.
    -कषायः N. of a plant (Mar. कायफळ).
    -कान्तः an epithet of Śiva. (
    -ता) the earth.
    -काय a. big-bodied, big, gigantic, bulky.
    (-यः) 1 an elephant.
    -2 an epithet of Śiva.
    -3 of Viṣṇu.
    -4 of a being attending on Śiva (= नन्दि).
    -कारुणिक a. exceedingly compassionate.
    -कार्तिकी the night of full-moon in the month of Kārtika.
    -कालः 1 a form of Śiva in his character as the destroyer of the world; महाकालं यजेद्देव्या दक्षिणे धूम्रवर्णकम् Kālītantram.
    -2 N. of a cele- brated shrine or temple of Śiva (Mahākāla) (one of the 12 celebrated Jyotirliṅgas) established at Ujjayinī (immortalized by Kālidāsa in his Meghadūta, which gives a very beautiful description of the god, his temple, worship &c., together with a graphic picture of the city; cf. Me.3-38; also R.6.34); महाकालनिवासिनं कालीविलासिनमनश्वरं महेश्वरं समाराध्य Dk.1.1.
    -3 an epithet of Viṣṇu.
    -4 N. of a kind of gourd.
    -5 N. of Śiva's servant (नन्दि). ˚पुरम् the city of Ujjayinī. ˚फलम् a red fruit with black seeds; पक्वं महाकालफलं किलासीत् N.22.29.
    -काली an epithet of Durgā in her terrific form.
    -काव्यम् a great or classical poem; (for a full description of its nature, contents &c., according to Rhetoricians see S. D.559). (The number of Mahākāvyas is usually said to be five:-- रघुवंश, कुमारसंभव, किरातार्जुनीय, शिशुपालवध and नैषधचरित or six, if मेघदूत-- a very small poem or खण़्डकाव्य-- be added to the list. But this enumeration is apparently only traditional, as there are several other poems, such as the भट्टिकाव्य, विक्रमाङ्कदेवचरित, हरविजय &c. which have an equal claim to be considered as Mahākāvyas).
    -कीर्तनम् a house.
    -कुमारः the eldest son of a reigning prince, heir-apparent.
    -कुल, -कुलीन a. of noble birth or descent, sprung from a noble family, nobly born. (
    -लम्) a noble birth or family, high descent.
    -कुहः a species of parasitical worm.
    -कृच्छ्रम् a great penance.
    -केतुः N. of Śiva.
    -केशः, -कोशः 1 an epithet of Śiva.
    -2 a large sheath.
    -क्रतुः a great sacrifice; e. g. a horse-sacrifice; तदङ्गमग्ऱ्यं मघवन् महाक्रतोरमुं तुरङ्गं प्रतिमोक्तुमर्हसि R.3.46.
    -क्रमः an epithet of Viṣṇu.
    -क्रोधः an epithet of Śiva.
    -क्षत्रपः a great satrap.
    -क्षीरः sugar-cane.
    -क्षीरा f. a She-buffalo; Nighaṇṭaratnākara.
    -खर्वः, -र्वम् a high number (ten billions ?).
    -गजः a great elephant; see दिक्करिन्.
    -गणपतिः a form of the god Gaṇeśa.
    -गदः fever.
    -गन्ध a. exceedingly fragrant. (
    -न्धः) a kind of cane. (
    -न्धम्) a kind of sandal- wood. (
    -न्धा) N. of Chāmuṇḍā.
    -गर्तः, -गर्भः -गीतः N. of Śiva.
    -गर्दभगन्धिका N. of a plant, भारङ्गी.
    -गल a. longnecked.
    -गवः Bos gavaeus.
    -गुण a. very efficacious, sovereign (as a medicine); त्वया ममैष संबन्धः कपिमुख्य महागुणः Rām.5.1.12. (
    -णः) a chief quality, cardinal virtue.
    -गुरुः a highly respectable or venerable person; (these are three, the father, mother and preceptor; पिता माता तथाचार्यो महागुरुरिति स्मृतः).
    -गुल्मा the Soma plant.
    -गृष्टिः f. a cow with a large hump.
    -ग्रहः 1 an epithet of Rāhu.
    -2 the sun; महाग्रहग्राहविनष्टपङ्कः Rām.5.5.6.
    -ग्रामः N. of the ancient capital of Ceylon, the modern Māgama.
    -ग्रीवः 1 a camel.
    -2 an epithet of Śiva.
    -ग्रीविन् m. a camel.
    -घूर्णा spirituous liquor.
    -घृतम् ghee kept for a long time (for medicinal purposes).
    -घोष a. noisy, loud-sounding. (
    -षम्) a market, fair. (
    -षः) a loud noise, clamour.
    -चक्रम् the mystic circle in the शाक्त ceremonial.
    -चक्रवर्तिन् m. a universal monarch.
    -चण्डा N. of Chāmuṇḍā.
    -चपला a kind of metre.
    -चमूः f. a large army.
    -छायः the fig-tree.
    -जङ्घः a camel.
    -जटः an epithet of Śiva.
    -जटा 1 a great braid of hair.
    -2 the matted hair of Śiva.
    -जत्रु a. having a great collar-bone. (
    -त्रुः) an epithet of Śiva.
    -जनः 1 a multitude of men, a great many beings, the general populace or public; महाजनो येन गतः स पन्थाः Mb.3.313. 117; आगम्य तु ततो राजा विसृज्य च महाजनम् 6.98.25.
    -2 the populace, mob; विलोक्य वृद्धोक्षमधिष्ठितं त्वया महाजनः स्मेरमुखो भविष्यति Ku.5.7.
    -3 a great man, a distinguished or eminent man; महाजनस्य संसर्गः कस्य नोन्नतिकारकः । पद्मपत्रस्थितं तोयं धत्ते मुक्ताफलश्रियम् Pt.3.6.
    -4 the chief of a caste or trade.
    -5 a merchant, tradesman.
    -जवः an antelope.
    -जातीय a.
    1 rather large.
    -2 of an excellent kind.
    -जालिः, -ली N. of a plant (Mar. सोनामुखी)
    -जिह्वः an epithet of Śiva.
    -ज्ञानिन् m.
    1 a very learned man.
    -2 a great sage.
    -3 N. of Śiva.
    -ज्यैष्ठी the day of fullmoon in the month of Jyeṣṭha; ताभिर्दृश्यत एष यान् पथि महाज्यैष्ठीमहे मन्महे N.15.89; पूर्णिमा रविवारेण महाज्यैष्ठी प्रकीर्तिता Agni P.121.63.
    -ज्योतिस् m. an epithet of Śiva.
    -ज्वरः great affliction.
    -ज्वाल a. very brilliant or shining.
    (-लः) 1 N. of Śiva.
    -2 a sacrificial fire.
    -डीनम् a kind of flight; 'यानं महाडीनमाहुः पवित्रामूर्जितां गतिम्' Mb.8.41.27 (com.).
    -तपस् m.
    1 a great ascetic.
    -2 an epithet of Viṣṇu.
    -तलम् N. of one of the seven lower regions; see पाताल.
    -तारा N. of a Buddhist goddess.
    -तिक्तः the Nimba tree.
    -तिथिः the 6th day of a lunation.
    -तीक्ष्ण a. exceedingly sharp or pungent. (
    -क्ष्णा) the marking- nut plant.
    -तेजस् a.
    1 possessed of great lustre or splendour.
    -2 very vigorous or powerful, heroic. (-m.)
    1 a hero, warrior.
    -2 fire.
    -3 an epithet of Kārtikeya. (-n.) quick-silver.
    -त्याग, -त्यागिन् a. very generous. (-m.) N. of Śiva.
    -दंष्ट्रः a species of big tiger.
    -दन्तः 1 an elephant with large tusks.
    -2 an epithet of Śiva.
    -दण्डः 1 a long arm.
    -2 a severe punishment.
    -दम्भः an epithet of Śiva.
    -दशा the influence exercised (over a man's destiny) by a predominant planet.
    -दानम् the gift of gold equal to one's own weight; अथातः संप्रवक्ष्यामि महादानस्य लक्षणम्.
    -दारु n. the devadāru tree.
    -दुर्गम् a great calamity; Pt.
    -दूषकः a kind of grain.
    -देवः N. of Śiva.
    (-वी) 1 N. of Pārvatī.
    -2 the chief queen.
    -द्रुमः the sacred fig-tree.
    -द्वारम् a large gate, the chief or outer gate of a temple.
    -धन a.
    1 rich.
    -2 expensive, costly; हेमदण्डैर्महाधनैः Rām.7. 77.13.
    (-नम्) 1 gold.
    -2 incense.
    -3 a costly or rich dress.
    -4 agriculture, husbandry.
    -5 anything costly or precious.
    -6 great booty.
    -7 a great battle (Ved.).
    -धनुस् m. an epithet of Śiva.
    -धातुः 1 gold.
    -2 an epithet of Śiva.
    -3 lymph.
    -4 N. of Meru.
    -धी a. having a great understanding.
    -धुर्यः a full-grown draught ox.
    -ध्वजः a camel.
    -ध्वनिक a. dead.
    -नग्नः an athlete; Buddh.
    -नटः an epithet of Śiva; महानटः किं नु...... तनोति...... साम्प्रतमङ्गहारम् N.22.7; महानटबाहुनेव बद्धभुजाङ्केन Vās.
    -नदः a great river.
    -नदी 1 a great river, such as Gaṅgā, Kṛiṣṇā; मन्दरः पर्वतश्चाक्षो जङ्घा तस्य महानदी Mb.8.34.2; संभूयाम्भोधिमभ्येति महानद्या नगापगा Śi.2.1.
    -2 N. of a river falling into the bay of Bengal.
    -नन्दा 1 spirituous liquor.
    -2 N. of a river.
    -3 ninth day of the bright half of the month of Māgha; माघमासस्य या शुक्ला नवमी लोकपूजिचा । महानन्देति सा प्रोक्ता....
    -नरकः N. of one of the 21 hells.
    -नलः a kind of reed.
    -नवमी the ninth day in the bright half of Āśvina, sacred to the worship of Durgā ततो$नु नवमी यस्मात् सा महानवमी स्मृता.
    -नाटकम् 'the great drama', N. of a drama, also called Hanumannāṭaka, (being popularly ascribed to Hanumat); thus defined by S. D.:-- एतदेव यदा सर्वैः पताकास्थानकैर्युतम् । अङ्कैश्च दशभिर्धीरा महानाटकमूचिरे ॥
    -नाडी sinew, tendon.
    -नादः 1 a loud sound, uproar.
    -2 a great drum.
    -3 a thunder-cloud.
    -4 a shell.
    -5 an elephant.
    -6 a lion.
    -7 the ear.
    -8 a camel.
    -9 an epithet of Śiva. (
    -दम्) a musical instrument.
    -नाम्नी 1 N. of a परिशिष्ट of Sāmaveda.
    -2 (pl.) N. of 9 verses of Sāmaveda beginning with विदा मघवन् विदा.
    -नायकः 1 a great gem in the centre of a string of pearls.
    -2 a great head or chief.
    -नासः an epithet of Śiva.
    -निद्र a. fast asleep. (
    -द्रा) 'the great sleep', death.
    -निम्नम् intestines, abdomen.
    -नियमः an epithet of Viṣṇu.
    -निर्वाणम् total extinction of individuality (according to the Buddhists).
    -निशा 1 the dead of night, the second and third watches of the night; महानिशा तु विज्ञेया मध्यमं प्रहरद्वयम्
    -2 an epithet of Durgā.
    -नीचः a washerman.
    -नील a. dark-blue. (
    -लः) a kind of sapphire or emerald; इन्द्रनीलमहानीलमणिप्रवरवेदिकम् Rām.5.9.16; महा- महानीलशिलारुचः Śi.1.16;4.44; R.18.42; Kau. A.2.11. 29. ˚उपलः a sapphire.
    -नृत्यः, -नेत्रः an epithet of Śiva.
    -नेमिः a crow.
    -न्यायः the chief rule.
    -पक्ष a.
    1 having many adherents.
    -2 having a large family or retinue; महापक्षे धनिन्यार्थे निक्षेपं निक्षिपेद् बुधः Ms.8.179.
    (-क्षः) 1 an epithet of Garuḍa.
    -2 a kind of duck. (
    -क्षी) an owl.
    -पङ्क्तिः, -पदपङ्क्तिः a kind of metre.
    -पञ्चमूलम् the five great roots:-- बिल्वो$ग्निमन्थः श्योनाकः काश्मरी पाटला तथा । सर्वैस्तु मिलितैरेतैः स्यान्महापञ्चमूलकम् ॥
    -पञ्चविषम् the five great or deadly poisons:-- शृङ्गी च कालकूटश्च मुस्तको वत्सनाभकः । शङ्खकर्णीति योगो$यं महापञ्चविषाभिधः ॥
    -पटः the skin.
    -पथः 1 chief road, principal street, high or main road; संतानकाकीर्णमहापथं तत् Ku.7.3.
    -2 the passage into the next world, i. e. death.
    -3 N. of certain mountain-tops from which devout persons used to throw themselves down to secure entrance into heaven.
    -4 an epithet of Śiva.
    -5 the long pilgrimage to mount Ke- dāra.
    -6 the way to heaven.
    -7 the knowledge of the essence of Śiva acquired in the pilgrimage to Kedāra.
    -पथिक a.
    1 undertaking great journeys.
    -2 one receiving Śulka (toll) on the high way; cf. Mb.12.76.6 (com. महापथिकः समुद्रे नौयानेन गच्छन् यद्वा महापथि शुल्कग्राहकः)
    -पद्मः 1 a particular high number.
    -2 N. of Nārada.
    -3 N. of one of the nine treasures of Kubera.
    -4 N. of the southernmost elephant supporting the world.
    -5 an epithet of Nanda.
    -6 a Kinnara attendant on Kubera.
    (-द्मम्) 1 a white lotus.
    -2 N. of a city. ˚पतिः N. of Nanda.
    -पराकः a. a particular penance; Hch.
    -पराङ्णः a late hour in the afternoon.
    -पवित्रः an epithet of Viṣṇu.
    -पशुः large cattle; महापशूनां हरणे... दण्डं प्रकल्पयेत् Ms.8.324.
    -पातः a long flight; Pt.2.58.
    -पातकम् 1 a great sin, a heinous crime; ब्रह्महत्या सुरापानं स्तेयं गुर्वङ्गनागमः । महान्ति पातकान्याहुस्तत्संसर्गश्च पञ्चमम् ॥ Ms.1154.
    -2 any great sin or transgression.
    -पात्रः a prime minister.
    -पादः an epithet of Śiva.
    -पाप्मन् a. very sinful or wicked.
    -पुराणम् N. of a Purāṇa; महापुराणं विज्ञेयमेकादशकलक्षणम् Brav. P.
    -पुंसः a great man.
    -पुरुषः 1 a great man, an eminent or distinguished personage; शब्दं महापुरुषसंविहितं निशम्य U. 6.7.
    -2 the Supreme Spirit.
    -3 an epithet of Viṣṇu.
    -पौरुषिकः a worshipper of Viṣṇu; तदहं ते$भिधास्यामि महापौरुषिको भवान् Bhāg.2.1.1.
    -पुष्पः a kind of worm.
    -पूजा great worship; any solemn worship performed on extraordinary occasions.
    -पृष्ठः a camel.
    -पोटगलः a kind of large reed.
    -प्रजापतिः N. of Viṣṇu.
    -प्रतीहारः a chief door-keeper.
    -प्रपञ्चः the great universe.
    -प्रभ a. of great lustre. (
    -भः) the light of a lamp.
    -प्रभुः 1 a great lord.
    -2 a king, sovereign.
    -3 a chief.
    -4 an epithet of Indra.
    -5 of Śiva
    -6 of Viṣṇu.
    -7 a great saint or holy man.
    -प्रलयः 'the great dissolution', the total annihilation of the universe at the end of the life of Brahman, when all the lokas with their inha- bitants, the gods, saints &c. including Brahman himself are annihilated; महाप्रलयमारुत...... Ve.3.4.
    -प्रश्नः a knotty question.
    -प्रसादः 1 a great favour.
    -2 a great present (of food offered to an idol); पादोदकं च निर्माल्यं नैवेद्यं च विशेषतः । महाप्रसाद इत्युक्त्वा ग्राह्यं विष्णोः प्रयत्नतः
    -प्रस्थानम् 1 departing this life, death.
    -2 setting out on a great journey for ending life; इहैव निधनं याम महाप्रस्थानमेव वा Rām.2.47.7 (com. महाप्रस्थानं मरणदीक्षा- पूर्वकमुत्तराभिमुखगमनम्); Mb.1.2.365.
    -प्राणः 1 the hard breathing or aspirate sound made in the pronunciation of the aspirates.
    -2 the aspirated letters themselves (pl.); they are:-- ख्, घ्, छ्, झ्, ठ्, ढ्, थ्, ध्, फ्, भ्, श्, ष्, स्, ह्.
    -3 a raven.
    -प्राणता possession of great strength or essence; अन्यांश्च जीवत एव महाप्राणतया स्फुरतो जग्राह K.
    -प्रेतः a noble departed spirit.
    -प्लवः a great flood, deluge;... क्षिप्तसागरमहाप्लवामयम् Śi.14.71.
    -फल a.
    1 bearing much fruit.
    -2 bringing much reward.
    (-ला) 1 a bitter gourd.
    -2 a kind of spear.
    (-लम्) 1 a great fruit or reward.
    -2 a testicle.
    -फेना the cuttle-fish bone.
    -बन्धः a peculiar position of hands or feet.
    -बभ्रुः a kind of animal living in holes.
    -बल a. very strong; नियुज्यमानो राज्याय नैच्छद्राज्यं महाबलः Rām
    (-लः) 1 wind, storm.
    -2 a Buddha.
    -3 a solid bamboo.
    -4 a palm.
    -5 a crocodile.
    -बला N. of a plant; महाबला च पीतपुष्पा सहदेवी च सा स्मृता Bhāva. P. (
    -लम्) lead. ˚ईश्वरः N. of a Liṅga of Śiva near the modern Mahābaleśwara.
    -बाध a. causing great pain or damage.
    -बाहु a. long-armed, powerful. (
    -हुः) an epithet of Viṣṇu.
    -बि(वि)लम् 1 the atmosphere.
    -2 the heart.
    -3 a water-jar, pitcher.
    -4 a hole, cave.
    -बिसी a variety of skin (चर्म), a product of द्वादशग्राम in the Himālayas.
    -बी(वी)जः an epithet of Śiva.
    -बी (वी)ज्यम् the perinæum.
    -बुध्न a. having a great bottom or base (as a mountain).
    -बुशः barley.
    -बृहती a kind of metre.
    -बोधिः 1 the great intelligence of a Buddha.
    -2 a Buddha.
    -ब्रह्मम्, -ब्रह्मन् n. the Supreme Spirit.
    -ब्राह्मणः 1 a great or learned Brāhmaṇa.
    -2 a low or contemptible Brāhmaṇa.
    -भटः a great warrior; तदोजसा दैत्यमहाभटार्पितम् Bhāg.
    -भद्रा N. of the river Gaṅgā.
    -भाग a.
    1 very fortunate or blessed, very lucky or prosperous.
    -2 illustrious, distinguished, glo- rious; उभौ धर्मौ महाभागौ Mb.12.268.3; महाभागः कामं नरपतिरभिन्नस्थितिरसौ Ś.5.1; Ms.3.192.
    -3 very pure or holy, highly virtuous; पतिव्रता महाभागा कथं नु विचरिष्यति Mb.4.3.16.
    -भागता, -त्वम्, -भाग्यम् 1 extreme good fortune, great good luck, prosperity.
    -2 great excel- lence or merit.
    -भागवतम् the great Bhāgavata, one of the 18 Purāṇas. (
    -तः) a great worshipper of Viṣṇu.
    -भागिन् a. very fortunate or prosperous.
    -भाण्डम् a chief treasury.
    -भारतम् N. of the celebrated epic which describes the rivalries and contests of the sons of Dhṛitarāṣṭra and Pāṇḍu. (It consists of 18 Parvans or books, and is said to be the composition of Vyāsa; cf. the word भारत also); महत्त्वाद्भारतत्वाच्च महाभारतमुच्यते
    -भाष्यम् 1 a great commentary.
    -2 particularly, the great commentary of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini.
    -भासुरः an epithet of Viṣṇu.
    -भिक्षुः N. of Śākyamuni.
    -भीता a kind of sensitive plant (लाजाळू).
    -भीमः an epithet of king Śantanu.
    -भीरुः a sort of beetle or fly.
    -भुज a. long-armed, powerful.
    -भूतम् a great or primary element; see भूत; तस्यैतस्य महाभूतस्य निःश्वसितमेतद्यदृग्वेदः Up.; तं वेधा विदधे नूनं महाभूतसमाधिना R.1. 29; Ms.1.6.
    (-तः) 1 the Supreme Being.
    -2 a great creature.
    -भोगः 1 a great enjoyment.
    -2 a great coil or hood; great winding.
    -3 a serpent. (
    -गा) an epi- thet of Durgā.
    -मणिः 1 a costly or precious jewel; संस्कारोल्लिखितो महामणिरिव क्षीणो$पि नालक्ष्यते Ś.6.5.
    -2 N. of Śiva.
    -मति a.
    1 high-minded.
    -2 clever. (
    -तिः) N. of Bṛihaspati or Jupiter.
    -मत्स्यः a large fish, sea-monster.
    -मद a. greatly intoxicated. (
    -दः) an elephant in rut.
    -मनस्, -मनस्क a.
    1 high-minded, noble- minded, magnanimous; ततो युधिष्ठिरो राजा धर्मपुत्रो महामनाः Mb.4.1.7.
    -2 liberal.
    -3 proud, haughty. (-m) a fabulous animal called शरभ q. v.
    -मन्त्रः 1 any sacred text of the Vedas.
    -2 a great or efficacious charm, a powerful spell.
    -मन्त्रिन् m. the prime-minister, premier.
    -मयूरी N. of Buddhist goddess.
    -मलहारी a kind of Rāgiṇi.
    -महः a great festive procession; Sinhās.
    -महस् n. a great light (seen in the sky).
    -महोपाध्यायः 1 a very great preceptor.
    -2 a title given to learned men and reputed scholars; e. g. महामहो- पाध्यायमल्लिनाथसूरि &c.
    -मांसम् 'costly flesh', especially human flesh; न खलु महामांसविक्रयादन्यमुपायं पश्यामि Māl.4; अशस्त्रपूतं निर्व्याजं पुरुषाङ्गोपकल्पितम् । विक्रीयते महामांसं गृह्यतां गृह्यतामिदम् 5.12 (see Jagaddhara ad loc.).
    -माघी the full-moon day in the month of Māgha.
    -मात्र a.
    1 great in measure, very great or large.
    -2 most excellent, best; वृष्ण्यन्धकमहामात्रैः सह Mb.1.221.27; 5.22.37.
    (-त्रः) 1 a great officer of state, high state- official, a chief minister; (मन्त्रे कर्मणि भूषायां वित्ते माने परिच्छदे । मात्रा च महती येषां महामात्रास्तु ते स्मृताः); Ms. 9.259; गूढपुरुषप्रणिधिः कृतमहामात्रापसर्पः (v. l. महामात्यापसर्पः) पौरजानपदानपसर्पयेत् Kau. A.1.13.9; Rām.2.37.1.
    -2 an elephant-driver or keeper; मदोन्मत्तस्य भूपस्य कुञ्जरस्य च गच्छतः । उन्मार्गं वाच्यतां यान्ति महामात्राः समीपगाः ॥ Pt.1.161.
    -3 a superintendent of elephants.
    (-त्री) 1 the wife of a chief minister.
    -2 the wife of a spiritual teacher.
    -मानसी N. of a Jain goddess.
    -मान्य a. being in great honour with; मकरन्दतुन्दिलानामरविन्दानामयं महामान्यः Bv.1.6.
    -मायः 1 an epithet of Śiva.
    -2 of Viṣṇu.
    -माया 1 worldly illusion, which makes the material world appear really existent.
    -2 N. of Durgā; महामाया हरेश्चैषा यया संमोह्यते जगत् Devīmāhātmya.
    -मायूरम् a particular drug. (
    -री) N. of an amulet and a goddess; Buddh.
    -मारी 1 cholera, an epidemic.
    -2 an epithet of Durgā.
    -मार्गः high road, main street. ˚पतिः a superintendent of roads.
    -मालः N. of Śiva.
    -माहेश्वरः a great worshipper of Maheśvara or Śiva.
    -मुखः a crocodile.
    -मुद्रा a parti- cular position of hands or feet (in practice of yoga).
    -मुनिः 1 a great sage.
    -2 N. of Vyāsa.
    -3 an epithet of Buddha.
    -4 of Agastya.
    -5 the coriander plant. (
    -नि n.)
    1 coriander seed.
    -2 any medicinal herb or drug.
    -मूर्तिः N. of Viṣṇu.
    -मूर्धन् m. an epithet of Śiva.
    -मूलम् a large radish. (
    -लः) a kind of onion.
    -मूल्य a. very costly. (
    -ल्यः) a ruby.
    -मृगः 1 any large animal.
    -2 an elephant,
    -3 the fabulous animal called शरभ.
    -मृत्युः, -मेधः N. of Śiva.
    -मृत्युंजयः a kind of drug.
    -मृधम् a great battle.
    -मेदः the coral tree; महामेदाभिधो ज्ञेयः Bhāva. P.
    -मेधा an epithet of Durgā.
    -मोहः great infatuation or confusion of mind. (ससर्ज) महामोहं च मोहं च तमश्चाज्ञानवृत्तयः Bhāg.3.12.2. (
    -हा) an epithet of Durgā.
    -यज्ञः 'a great sacrifice', a term applied to the five daily sacrifices or acts of piety to be performed by a house-holder; अध्यापनं ब्रह्मयज्ञः पितृयज्ञस्तु तर्पणम् । होमो दैवो (or देवयज्ञः) बलिर्भौतो (or भूतयज्ञः) नृयज्ञो$तिथिपूजनम् ॥ Ms.3.7,71, (for explanation, see the words s. v.).
    -2 N. of Viṣṇu.
    -यमकम् 'a great Yamaka', i. e. a stanza all the four lines of which have exactly the same words, though different in sense; e. g. see Ki.15.52, where विकाशमीयुर्जगतीशमार्गणाः has four different senses; cf. also बभौ मरुत्वान् विकृतः समुद्रः Bk.1.19.
    -यशस् a. very famous, renowned, celebrated.
    -यात्रा 'the great pilgrimage', the pilgrimage to Benares.
    -यानम् N. of the later system of Buddhist teaching, firstly promul- gated by Nāgārjuna (opp. हीनयान).
    -याम्यः an epi- thet of Viṣṇu.
    -युगम् 'a great Yuga', consisting of the four Yugas of mortals, or comprising 4,32, years of men.
    -योगिन् m.
    1 an epithet of Śiva.
    -2 of Viṣṇu.
    -3 a cock.
    -योनिः f. excessive dilation of the female organ.
    -रक्तम् coral.
    -रङ्गः a large stage.
    -रजतम् 1 gold; उच्चैर्महारजतराजिविराजितासौ Śi.4.28.
    -2 the thorn-apple.
    -रजनम् 1 safflower.
    -2 gold.
    -3 turmeric; तस्य हैतस्य पुरुषस्य रूपं यथा महारजनं वासः Bṛi. Up.2.3.6.
    -रत्नम् 1 a precious jewel; वज्रं मुक्ता प्रवालं च गोमेदश्चेन्द्रनीलकः ॥ वैडूर्यः पुष्करागश्च पाचिर्माणिक्यमेव च । महारत्नानि चैतानि नव प्रोक्तानि सूरिभिः ॥ Śukra.4.155-56.
    -रथः 1 a great chariot.
    -2 a great warrior or hero; द्रुपदश्च महारथः Bg.1.4; कुतः प्रभावो धनंजयस्य महारथजयद्रथस्य विपत्तिमुत्पादयितुम् Ve.2; दशरथः प्रशशास महारथः R.9.1; Śi.3.22; (a महारथ is thus defined:-- एको दशसहस्राणि योधयेद्यस्तु धन्विनाम् ॥ शस्त्रशास्त्र- प्रवीणश्च विज्ञेयः स महारथः ॥).
    -3 desire, longing; cf. मनोरथ.
    -रवः a frog.
    -रस a. very savoury.
    (-सः) 1 a sugar- cane.
    -2 quicksilver.
    -3 a precious mineral.
    -4 the fruit of the date tree.
    -5 any one of the eight substan- ces given below:-- दरदः पारदं शस्ये वैक्रान्तं कान्तमभ्रकम् । माक्षिकं विमलश्चेति स्युरेते$ष्टौ महारसाः ॥ (
    -सम्) sour ricewater.
    -राजः 1 a great king, sovereign or supreme ruler; पञ्चाशल्लक्षपर्यन्तो महाराजः प्रकीर्तितः Śukra.1.184.
    -2 a respect- ful mode of addressing kings or other great personages (my lord, your majesty, your highness); इति सत्यं महाराज बद्धो$स्म्यर्थेन कौरवैः Mb.
    -3 a deified Jaina teacher.
    -4 a fingernail. ˚अधिराजः a universal emperor, para- mount sovereign. ˚चूतः a kind of mango tree.
    -राजिकः N. of Viṣṇu.
    -राजिकाः (m. pl.) an epithet of a class of gods (said to be 22 or 236 in number.).
    -राज्यम् the rank or title of a reigning sovereign.
    -राज्ञी 1 the reigning or chief queen, principal wife of a king.
    -2 N. of Durgā.
    -रात्रम् midnight, dead of night.
    -रात्रिः, -त्री f.
    1 see महाप्रलय; ब्रह्मणश्च निपाते च महाकल्पो भवेन्नृप । प्रकीर्तिता महारात्रिः.
    -2 midnight.
    -3 the eighth night in the bright half of Āśvina.
    -राष्ट्रः 'the great kingdom', N. of a country in the west of India, the country of the Marāṭhās.
    -2 the people of Mahārāṣṭra; the Marāṭhās (pl.). (
    -ष्ट्री) N. of the principal Prākṛita; dialect, the language of the people of the Mahārāṣṭra; cf. Daṇḍin:-- महाराष्ट्राश्रयां भाषां प्रकृष्टं प्राकृतं विदुः Kāv.1.34.
    -रिष्टः a kind of Nimba tree growing on mountains.
    -रुज्, -ज a. very painful.
    -रुद्रः a form of Śiva.
    -रुरुः a species of antelope.
    -रूप a. mighty in form.
    (-पः) 1 an epithet of Śiva.
    -2 resin.
    -रूपकम् a kind of drama.
    -रेतस् m. an epithet of Śiva.
    -रोगः a dangerous illness, grievous malady; (these are eight:-- उन्मादो राजयक्ष्मा च श्वासस्त्वग्दोष एव च । मधुमेहश्चाश्मरी च तथो- दरभगन्दरौ ॥).
    -रौद्र a. very dreadful. (
    -द्री) an epithet of Durgā.
    -रौरवः N. of one of the 21 hells; Ms.4.88-9.
    -लक्ष्मी 1 the great Lakṣmī, or Śakti of Nārāyaṇa; सेवे सैरिभमर्दिनीमिह महालक्ष्मीं सरोजस्थिताम्.
    -2 a young girl who represents the goddess Durgā at the Durgā festival.
    -लयः 1 a great world destruction.
    -2 the Supreme Being (महदादीनां लयो यस्मिन्).
    -लिङ्गम् the great Liṅga or Phallus. (
    -ङ्गः) an epithet of Śiva.
    -लोलः a crow.
    -लोहम् a magnet.
    -वंशः N. of a wellknown work in Pali (of the 5th century).
    -वक्षस् m. epithet of Śiva.
    -वनम् a large forest in Vṛindāvana.
    -वरा Dūrvā grass.
    -वराहः 'the great boar', an epithet of Viṣṇu in his third or boar incarnation.
    -वर्तनम् high wages;
    -वल्ली 1 the Mādhavī creeper.
    -2 a large creeping plant.
    -वसः the porpoise.
    -वसुः silver; Gīrvāṇa.
    -वाक्यम् 1 a long sentence.
    -2 any continuous composition or literary work.
    -3 a great proposition, principal sentence; such as तत्त्वमसि, ब्रह्मैवेदं सर्वम् &c.
    -4 a complete sentence (opp. अवान्तरवाक्य q. v.); न च महावाक्ये सति अवान्तरवाक्यं प्रमाणं भवति ŚB. on MS.6.4.25.
    -वातः a stormy wind, violent wind; महावाता<?>तैर्महिषकुलनीलैर्जलधरैः Mk.5.22.
    -वादिन् m. a great or powerful disputant.
    -वायुः 1 air (as an element).
    -2 stormy wind, hur- ricane, tempest.
    -वार्तिकम् N. of the Vārtikas of Kātyāyana on Pāṇini's Sūtras.
    -विडम् a kind of factitious salt.
    -विदेहा N. of a certain वृत्ति or condition of the mind in the Yoga system of philosophy.
    -विद्या the great lores; काली तारा महाविद्या षोडशी भुवनेश्वरी । भैरवी छिन्नमस्ता च विद्या धूमवती तथा । बगला सिद्धविद्या च मातङ्गी कमला- त्मिका । एता दश महाविद्याः... ॥
    -विपुला a kind of metre.
    -विभाषा a rule giving a general option or alternative; इति महाविभाषया साधुः.
    -विभूतिः an epithet of Śiva.
    -विषः a serpent having two mouths.
    -विषुवम् the vernal equinox. ˚संक्रान्तिः f. the vernal equinox (the sun's entering the sign Aries).
    -विस्तर a. very extensive or copious.
    -वीचिः N. of a hell.
    -वीरः 1 a great hero or warrior.
    -2 a lion.
    -3 the thunderbolt of Indra.
    -4 an epithet of Viṣṇu.
    -5 of Garuḍa.
    -6 of Hanumat.
    -7 a cuckoo.
    -8 a white horse.
    -9 a sacrificial fire.
    -1 a sacrificial vessel.
    -11 a kind of hawk. ˚चरितम् N. of a celebrated drama by Bhavabhūti.
    -वीर्य a. of great valour, very powerful.
    (-र्यः) 1 N. of Brah- man.
    -2 the Supreme Being. (
    -र्या) the wild cotton shrub.
    -2 an epithet of संज्ञा, the wife of the sun.
    -वृषः a great bull.
    -वेग a.
    1 very swift or fleet.
    (-गः) 1 great speed, excessive velocity.
    -2 an ape.
    -3 the bird Garuḍa.
    -वेघः a particular position of hands or feet (in the practice of Yoga).
    -वेल a. billowy.
    -व्याधिः f.
    1 a great disease.
    -2 a very bad kind of leprosy (black leprosy).
    -व्याहृतिः f. a great mystical word, i. e. भूर्, भुवस् and स्वर्.
    -व्रत a. very devotional, rigidly observing vows.
    (-तम्) 1 a great vow, a great reli- gious observance; a vow for not taking even water for a month; महाव्रतं चरेद्यस्तु Mb.12.35.22 (com. महाव्रतं मासमात्रं जलस्यापि त्यागः).
    -2 any great or funda- mental duty; प्राणैरपि हिता वृत्तिरद्रोहो व्याजवर्जनम् । आत्मनीव प्रियाधानमेतन्मैत्रीमहाव्रतम् Mv.5.59; क्रतौ महाव्रते पश्यन् ब्रह्मचारी- त्वरीरतम् N.17.23.
    -व्रतिन् m.
    1 a devotee, an ascetic.
    -2 an epithet of Śiva.
    -शक्तिः 1 an epithet of Śiva.
    -2 of Kārtikeya.
    -शङ्कुः the sine of the sun's eleva- tion.
    -शङ्खः 1 a great conch-shell; पौण्ड्रं दध्मौ महाशङ्खं Bg.1.15; महाशङ्खमयी माला ताराविद्याजपे प्रिया Tantra.
    -2 the temporal bone, forehead.
    -3 a human bone.
    -4 a particular high number.
    -5 one of Kubera's treasures.
    -शठः a kind of thorn-apple.
    -शब्द a. making a loud sound, very noisy, boisterous.
    -शल्कः a kind of sea- crab or prawn; Ms.3.272.
    -शालः a great householder.
    -शालिः a kind of large and sweetsmelling rice.
    -शाल्वणम् ('great fomentation') N. of a remedy; Suśr.
    -शासन a.
    1 exercising great power.
    -2 whose commands are great; त्रैलोक्यघिपतित्वमेव विरसं यस्मिन् महा- शासने Bh.3.8.
    (-नम्) 1 the knowledge of Brahma as expounded in the Upaniṣadas.
    -2 great order of government.
    -शिरस् m. a kind of serpent.
    -शिवरात्रिः N. of a festival on the 14th day of the dark half of Māgha,
    -शुक्तिः f. a pearl-shell.
    -शुक्ला an epithet of Sarasvatī.
    -शुभ्रम् silver.
    -शूद्रः (-द्री f.)
    1 a Sūdra in a high position.
    -2 a cowherd.
    -3 an upper servant. (
    -द्री) a female cow-keeper. (
    -द्रा) a Śudra woman in a high position.
    -शून्यम् a particular mental condi- tion of a Yogin.
    -शृङ्गः 1 a species of stag.
    -2 the शरभ animal.
    -श्मशानम् an epithet of Benares.
    -श्यामा the Sissoo tree. (Mar. शिसवी).
    -श्रमणः 1 an epithet of Buddha.
    -2 a Jain monk.
    -श्लक्ष्णा sand.
    -श्वासः a kind of asthma.
    -श्वेता 1 an epithet of Sarasvatī.
    -2 of Durgā.
    -3 white sugar.
    -संहिता great combi- nation.
    -संक्रान्तिः f. the winter solstice.
    -सती a very chaste woman.
    -सत्ता absolute existence.
    -सत्यः an epithet of Yama.
    -सत्त्व a.
    1 noble.
    -2 very strong or powerful.
    -3 just, righteous.
    (-त्त्वः) 1 a large animal.
    -2 N. of Sākyamuni.
    -3 an epithet of Kubera.
    -संधिविग्रहः the office of the minister of peace and war.
    -सन्नः an epithet of Kubera.
    -सन्निः m. (in music) a kind of measure.
    -समुद्रः the great ocean.
    -सर्गः a great or completely new creation (after a complete destruction of the world).
    -सर्जः the bread- fruit or jack-tree.
    -साधनभागः a great executive officer.
    -सांतपनः a kind of very rigid penance; see Ms.11. 218.
    -सांधिविग्रहिकः a minister of peace and war.
    -सामन्तः a great vassal.
    -सामान्यम् the widest genera- lity.
    -सारः a kind of Khadira tree.
    -सारथिः an epithet of Aruṇa.
    -साहसम् great violence or outrage, great audacity.
    -साहसिकः a dacoit, highwayman, a daring robber.
    -सिंहः the fabulous animal called Śarabha.
    -सिद्धिः f. a kind of magical power.
    -सुखम् 1 great pleasure.
    -2 copulation. (
    -खः) a Buddha.
    -सुगन्धम् a fragrant unguent.
    -सुगन्धिः a kind of antidote.
    -सुधा silver; Gīrvāṇa.
    -सुभिक्षम् good times.
    -सूक्तः the composer of the great Sūktas or hymns of the 1th Maṇḍala of the Ṛigveda.
    -सूक्ष्मा sand.
    -सूतः a mili- tary drum.
    -सेनः 1 an epithet of Kārtikeya; महासेन- प्रसूतिं तद्ययौ शरवणं महत् Rām.7.16.1.
    -2 the commander of a large army. (
    -ना) a great army.
    -स्कन्धः a camel.
    -स्थली the earth.
    -स्थानम् a great position.
    -स्नेहः a combination of the 4 kinds of fat.
    -स्मृतिः the Ṣaḍaṅgas and Smṛitis; महास्मृतिं पठेद्यस्तु तथैवानुस्मृतिं शुभाम् Mb.12.2.3.
    -स्रोतस् n. the bowels.
    -स्रग्विन् m. an epithet of Śiva.
    -स्वनः a kind of drum.
    -हंसः an epithet of Viṣṇu.
    -हविस् n. clarified butter.
    -हस्तः an epithet of Śiva.
    -हासः a loud or boisterous laughter, cachinnation.
    -हिमवत् m. N. of a mountain.
    -ह्रस्वा N. of a plant (Mar. कुहिली).

    Sanskrit-English dictionary > महा _mahā

  • 13 man

    mæn
    1. сущ.
    1) человек fat man ≈ толстый человек short man ≈ человек низкого роста tall man ≈ высокий человек thin man ≈ тоненький, худой человек handsome man ≈ красивый человек ugly man ≈ некрасивый человек straight man ≈ честный человек, простак wise man ≈ мудрый человек grown man ≈ взрослый человек young man ≈ молодой человек middle-aged man ≈ человек среднего возраста old man ≈ старик divorced man ≈ разведенный человек married man ≈ женатый человек single man ≈ одинокий, неженатый человек the man in the street ≈ "человек с улицы", рядовой человек - average man - Cro-Magnon man - Java man - Neanderthal man - Paleolithic man - Peking man - fancy man - hatchet man - hit man - idea man - ladies' man - organization man - self-made man - man on horseback - straw man - Renaissance man - right-hand man - professional man - family man - marked man Syn: individual, person, human being, human, living being, living soul, soul, one;
    anyone, somebody, someone
    2) в устойчивых сочетаниях: а) как представитель профессии;
    б) как обладатель определенных качеств man of law ≈ адвокат, юрист man of letters ≈ литератор, писатель, автор, сочинитель man of office ≈ чиновник man of ideas ≈ изобретательный, находчивый человек man of motley ≈ шут university man ≈ человек с университетским образованием advance man enlisted men maintenance man newspaperman rewrite man stunt man second-story man man of the pen man of character man of no scruples man of sense man of great ambition
    3) мужчина The average man is taller than the average woman. ≈ Средний мужчина выше средней женщины. Syn: male, masculine person
    4) человеческий род, человечество Man cannot live by bread alone. ≈ Не хлебом единым жив человек. Syn: mankind, the human race, men and women, human beings, humankind, people, humanity, homo sapiens
    5) слуга;
    рабочий Hire a man to take care of the garden. ≈ Найми садовника, который будет следить за садом. Syn: handyman, workman, hired hand, hand, labourer;
    employee, worker;
    manservant, male servant, boy, waiter
    6) муж The minister pronounced them man and wife. ≈ Священник объявил их мужем и женой. Syn: married man, husband, spouse
    7) мн. солдаты, рядовые;
    матросы
    8) ист. вассал
    9) пешка, шашка( в игре) ∙ be one's own man
    2. гл.
    1) а) укомплектовывать кадрами;
    воен., мор. укомплектовывать личным составом б) размещать людей;
    ставить людей (к орудию и т. п.) ;
    сажать людей (на корабль и т. п.) в) занимать( позиции и т. п.) ;
    становиться( к орудиям и т. п.) The crew was ordered to man the lifeboats. ≈ Команде было приказано занять места в шлюпке. ∙ Syn: attend, staff, take up one's position in, take one's place at, get to one's post;
    supply with hands, furnish with men;
    equip, fit out, outfit;
    garrison
    2) мужаться, брать себя в руки Syn: encourage, cheer up
    3) охот. приручать мужчина, человек - there were three men and two women in the room в комнате было трое мужчин и две женщины - to play the * поступать /вести себя/, как подобает мужчине - to make a * of smb. сделать из кого-л. настоящего мужчину /человека/ - to bear smth. like a * мужественно переносить что-л. - be a *! будь мужчиной! - he is only half a * он не настоящий мужчина - * to *, between * and * как мужчина с мужчиной - a good * хороший /добрый, порядочный/ человек - a * of thirty мужчина /человек/ тридцати лет;
    тридцатилетний мужчина - a * of action человек дела /действия/, энергичный человек - a * of character волевой человек, сильная личность - a * of moods человек настроения - a * of peace мирный /миролюбивый/ человек - a * of principle принципиальный человек - a * of sense разумный /здравомыслящий/ человек - a * of wisdom мудрый /умный/ человек - a * of ideas изобретательный /находчивый/ человек - a * of many parts разносторонний человек - a * of genius гениальный человек - a * of honour честный /порядочный/ человек - a * of distinction /of mark, of note/ выдающийся /знаменитый/ человек - a * of taste человек со вкусом - a * of few words немногословный /немногоречивый/ человек - a * of many words многословный человек - a * of his word человек слова, господин /хозяин/ своего слова - a * of family семейный человек - a * of means /of property/ человек со средствами, состоятельный человек - a * of business деловой человек;
    агент;
    поверенный - you'll have to speak to my * of business вам придется поговорить с моим поверенным - a * of law законник;
    адвокат;
    юрист - a * of letters писатель, литератор;
    (устаревшее) ученый - he is the very * for this job он самый подходящий человек для этого дела - if you want a good music teacher, here's your * если вам нужен хороший учитель музыки, вот он( самый подходящий для вас человек) - if you want to sell the car, I'm your * если вы хотите продать машину, я куплю /я согласен купить/ - I feel a new * я чувствую себя обновленным, я как заново родился - if any * comes... если кто-нибудь /какой-нибудь человек/ придет... муж - * and wife муж и жена - to live as * and wife жить как муж с женой - he made them * and wife он обвенчал их (университетское) студент: окончивший, выпускник - a University * человек с университетским образованием - an Oxford * студент из Оксфорда;
    человек, окончивший Оксфордский университет, выпускник Оксфорда - senior * старшекурсник( пренебрежительное) приятель (в обращении) - speak up, *!, speak up, my (good) *! ну, говори же, друг! - hurry up, *!, hurry up, my (good) *! да поскорей же, приятель! - come along, *!, come along, my ( good) *! ну пошли, мой милый! - nonsense, *!, nonsense, my (good) *! чепуха! - well, * /my (good) */, where is it? ну, милый мой, так где же это? человек - the rights of * права человека - food not fit for * or beast пища, не пригодная для людей или животных - board at - per * пансион (стоит) один доллар с человека - *'s sense of himself самосознание - men say that... люди говорят, что... - any * could do that любой( человек) может это сделать - what can a * do? что (тут) поделаешь? - all men are brothers все люди братья - as one /a/ * все как один - to a * все до одного, все как один ( человек), все без исключения;
    единогласно - to the last * все до одного, все до последнего человека - all sorts and conditions of men, men of all conditions люди всякого рода, самые разные люди - to mistake one's * ошибиться в человеке - * overboard! человек за бортом! (без артикля) человечество, человеческий род слуга рабочий - the manager spoke to the men управляющий поговорил с рабочим - this factory employs 300 men на этой фабрике работает триста рабочих солдат, рядовой, матрос рядовой состав - officers and men офицеры и солдаты пешка шашка (в игре), фишка - to jump a * брать шашку игрок (в спорт. команде) (историческое) вассал сокр. от man-of-war, merchantman и т. п. (-man) как компонент сложных слов означает занятие, профессию - clergyman священник - postman почтальон - sportsman спортсмен - workman рабочий > the inner * внутреннее "я", душа;
    желудок > to refresh the inner * поесть, подкрепиться > the outer * плоть;
    внешность, костюм > to clothe the outer * одеться > odd * решающий голос;
    человек, выполняющий случайную работу > odd * out "третий лишний" (игра) > heavy * (театроведение) (профессионализм) актер, исполняющий трагические роли > one-dollar-a-year * (американизм) крупный капиталист, участвующий в деятельности правительственных органов и получающий номинальный оклад в один доллар в год > * of the house глава семьи > my old * мой отец > men of the day герои дня > a * of the world человек, умудренный опытом, бывалый человек;
    светский человек > a * about town светский человек, богатый повеса, жуир > a * of the turf завсегдатай скачек > a * of straw соломенное чучело;
    человек с небольшими средствами;
    ненадежный человек;
    подставное /фиктивное/ лицо;
    воображаемый противник > a * of God святой;
    духовное лицо > M. of Sorrows( библеизм) Муж скорбей > a * in a thousand редкий /исключительный/ человек;
    таких людей мало, такого человека редко встретишь;
    такого человека поискать надо > * in blue полицейский;
    моряк > men in blue (американизм) (историческое) федеральные войска > the * in the street( американизм) тж. the * in the car "человек с улицы", средний /рядовой/ гражданин > the next * (американизм) всякий другой, любой;
    первый встречный > a run-of-the-mill * заурядный человек > the * in the moon вымышленное лицо > * and boy с юных лет;
    (устаревшее) все как один > he lived there * and boy он всю жизнь прожил там > I have known him * and boy я его знаю с детства > * and boy turned out into the street все как один высыпали на улицу > the * for me, the * for my money этот человек мне подходит, этот человек меня устраивает > the * higher up начальник, хозяин, босс;
    высшая инстанция > the * at the wheel руководитель > M. Friday Пятница, верный /преданный/ слуга > no *'s land нейтральная територрия > to hit a * when he is down бить лежачего > to be one's own * прийти в себя;
    быть в норме;
    держать себя в руках;
    ни от кого не зависеть, свободно распоряжаться собой, быть хозяином своей судьбы > he is his own * он сам себе хозяин > a * or a mouse либо пан, либо пропал > like master like * у хорошего хозяина и работники хороши > every * to his (own) taste на вкус и цвет товарищей нет;
    о вкусах не спорят > (so) many men, (so) many minds (пословица) сколько голов, столько умов > a drowning * will catch at a straw (пословица) утопающий за соломинку хватается > every * has his hobby-horse у каждого есть свой конек /своя страсть, своя прихоть/;
    у каждого есть свои маленькие слабости > a * is known by the company he keeps (пословица) скажи мне, кто твой друг, и я скажу (тебе), кто ты > one *'s meat is another *'s poison( пословица) что полезно одному, то вредно другому;
    усопшему мир, а лекарю пир > a * can die but once двум смертям не бывать, а одной не миновать > * proposes but God disposes( пословица) человек предполагает, а Бог располагает > * alive! боже милостивый!, боже правый!;
    вот те на!, вот так так! укомплектовывать кадрами, персоналом( военное) (морское) укомплектовывать личным составом;
    занимать людьми;
    ставить людей (к орудию и т. п.) ;
    посадить людей (на транспорт) - to * a unit укомплектовать часть личным составом - to * a boat сажать гребцов на шлюпку - to * the pumps поставить людей к насосам /к помпам/ занять (позиции) ;
    стать( к орудиям) - to * the defenses занимать оборонительные позиции - to * the guns занимать места у орудий собрать все свое мужество, мужаться, взять себя в руки (охота) приручать (сокола и т. п.) ad ~ рекламный агент ad ~ специалист по рекламе to be one's own ~ быть независимым, самостоятельным;
    свободно распоряжаться собой to be one's own ~ прийти в себя, быть в норме;
    держать себя в руках contact ~ контактный человек contact ~ посредник contact ~ представитель delivery ~ курьер delivery ~ разносчик delivery ~ рассыльный delivery ~ экспедитор every ~ to his own taste = на вкус на цвет товарищей нет good ~! здорово!, здравствуй!;
    man and boy с юных лет;
    (all) to a man все до одного, как один (человек), все без исключения ~ слуга, человек;
    I'm your man разг. я к вашим услугам, я согласен ideas ~ рекл. носитель идей insurance ~ страховой агент maintenance ~ механик, выполняющий техническое обслуживание maintenance ~ техник по обслуживанию оборудования ~ in the street, амер. тж. man in the car заурядный человек, обыватель;
    man about town светский человек;
    прожигатель жизни town: ~ attr. городской;
    town house городская квартира;
    town water вода из городского водопровода;
    a man about town человек, ведущий светский образ жизни good ~! здорово!, здравствуй!;
    man and boy с юных лет;
    (all) to a man все до одного, как один (человек), все без исключения ~ муж;
    man and wife муж и жена ~ in the street, амер. тж. man in the car заурядный человек, обыватель;
    man about town светский человек;
    прожигатель жизни ~ in the street, амер. тж. man in the car заурядный человек, обыватель;
    man about town светский человек;
    прожигатель жизни street: street: the man in the ~ обыватель;
    заурядный человек;
    to walk the streets, to be on the streets заниматься проституцией ~ of courage храбрый, мужественный человек;
    man of decision решительный человек ~ of distinction (или mark, note) выдающийся, знаменитый человек ~ of ideas изобретательный, находчивый человек;
    man of pleasure сластолюбец ~ в устойчивых сочетаниях: как представитель профессии: man of law адвокат, юрист ~ of means состоятельный человек mean: ~ pl средства, состояние, богатство;
    means of subsistence средства к существованию;
    a man of means человек со средствами, состоятельный человек ~ of principle принципиальный человек;
    man of no principles беспринципный человек principle: man of high(est) ~ высокопринципиальный человек;
    a man of no principles беспринципный человек ~ of no scruples недобросовестный, бессовестный человек;
    man of sense здравомыслящий, разумный человек ~ of letters писатель, литератор, ученый;
    man of office чиновник;
    man of the pen литератор ~ of ideas изобретательный, находчивый человек;
    man of pleasure сластолюбец pleasure: ~ удовольствие, наслаждение;
    развлечение;
    to take pleasure (in smth.) находить удовольствие( в чем-л.) ;
    man of pleasure жуир, сибарит ~ of principle принципиальный человек;
    man of no principles беспринципный человек ~ of property собственник property: ~ имущество;
    собственность;
    хозяйство;
    a property земельная собственность, поместье;
    имение;
    a man of property собственник;
    богач ~ of no scruples недобросовестный, бессовестный человек;
    man of sense здравомыслящий, разумный человек sense: sense здравый смысл (тж. common sense, good sense) ;
    ум;
    a man of sense разумный человек ~ of straw воображаемый противник ~ of straw ненадежный человек ~ of straw подставное, фиктивное лицо ~ of straw соломенное чучело straw: a man of ~ воображаемый противник;
    not to care a straw относиться совершенно безразлично;
    a straw in the wind намек, указание a man of ~ ненадежный человек a man of ~ подставное, фиктивное лицо a man of ~ соломенное чучело ~ of taste человек со вкусом ~ of letters писатель, литератор, ученый;
    man of office чиновник;
    man of the pen литератор ~ of the world светский человек ~ of the world человек, умудренный жизненным опытом ~ of worth достойный, почтенный человек;
    сочетания типа family man, self-made man, medical man, leading man, etc. см. под family, self-made, medical, leading, etc. worth: ~ достоинства;
    a man of worth достойный, заслуживающий уважения человек;
    he was never aware of her worth он никогда не ценил ее по заслугам ~ подбодрять;
    to man oneself мужаться, брать себя в руки media ~ работник средств массовой информации ~ of worth достойный, почтенный человек;
    сочетания типа family man, self-made man, medical man, leading man, etc. см. под family, self-made, medical, leading, etc. medical: medical врачебный, медицинский;
    medical aid медицинская помощь;
    the medical profession медицинские работники, врачи ~ врачебный, медицинский ~ разг. студент-медик ~ терапевтический;
    medical ward терапевтическое отделение больницы ~ of worth достойный, почтенный человек;
    сочетания типа family man, self-made man, medical man, leading man, etc. см. под family, self-made, medical, leading, etc. medical: ~ man врач meter ~ весовщик meter ~ землемер meter ~ контролер на платной автостоянке reasonable ~ благоразумный человек reasonably prudent ~ осторожный человек prudent: reasonably ~ man расчетливый человек ~ of worth достойный, почтенный человек;
    сочетания типа family man, self-made man, medical man, leading man, etc. см. под family, self-made, medical, leading, etc. ~ of worth достойный, почтенный человек;
    сочетания типа family man, self-made man, medical man, leading man, etc. см. под family, self-made, medical, leading, etc. tally ~ контролер при погрузке и выгрузке товара tally ~ лицо, продающее товар по образцам tally ~ лицо, продающее товар в рассрочку tally ~ лицо, продающее товар в кредит tally ~ счетчик tally ~ тальман good ~! здорово!, здравствуй!;
    man and boy с юных лет;
    (all) to a man все до одного, как один (человек), все без исключения wealthy ~ богатый человек

    Большой англо-русский и русско-английский словарь > man

  • 14 man

    [mæn]
    ad man рекламный агент ad man специалист по рекламе to be one's own man быть независимым, самостоятельным; свободно распоряжаться собой to be one's own man прийти в себя, быть в норме; держать себя в руках contact man контактный человек contact man посредник contact man представитель delivery man курьер delivery man разносчик delivery man рассыльный delivery man экспедитор every man to his own taste = на вкус на цвет товарищей нет good man! здорово!, здравствуй!; man and boy с юных лет; (all) to a man все до одного, как один (человек), все без исключения man слуга, человек; I'm your man разг. я к вашим услугам, я согласен ideas man рекл. носитель идей insurance man страховой агент maintenance man механик, выполняющий техническое обслуживание maintenance man техник по обслуживанию оборудования man in the street, амер. тж. man in the car заурядный человек, обыватель; man about town светский человек; прожигатель жизни town: man attr. городской; town house городская квартира; town water вода из городского водопровода; a man about town человек, ведущий светский образ жизни good man! здорово!, здравствуй!; man and boy с юных лет; (all) to a man все до одного, как один (человек), все без исключения man муж; man and wife муж и жена man in the street, амер. тж. man in the car заурядный человек, обыватель; man about town светский человек; прожигатель жизни man in the street, амер. тж. man in the car заурядный человек, обыватель; man about town светский человек; прожигатель жизни street: street: the man in the man обыватель; заурядный человек; to walk the streets, to be on the streets заниматься проституцией man of courage храбрый, мужественный человек; man of decision решительный человек man of distinction (или mark, note) выдающийся, знаменитый человек man of ideas изобретательный, находчивый человек; man of pleasure сластолюбец man в устойчивых сочетаниях: как представитель профессии: man of law адвокат, юрист man of means состоятельный человек mean: man pl средства, состояние, богатство; means of subsistence средства к существованию; a man of means человек со средствами, состоятельный человек man of principle принципиальный человек; man of no principles беспринципный человек principle: man of high(est) man высокопринципиальный человек; a man of no principles беспринципный человек man of no scruples недобросовестный, бессовестный человек; man of sense здравомыслящий, разумный человек man of letters писатель, литератор, ученый; man of office чиновник; man of the pen литератор man of ideas изобретательный, находчивый человек; man of pleasure сластолюбец pleasure: man удовольствие, наслаждение; развлечение; to take pleasure (in smth.) находить удовольствие (в чем-л.); man of pleasure жуир, сибарит man of principle принципиальный человек; man of no principles беспринципный человек man of property собственник property: man имущество; собственность; хозяйство; a property земельная собственность, поместье; имение; a man of property собственник; богач man of no scruples недобросовестный, бессовестный человек; man of sense здравомыслящий, разумный человек sense: sense здравый смысл (тж. common sense, good sense); ум; a man of sense разумный человек man of straw воображаемый противник man of straw ненадежный человек man of straw подставное, фиктивное лицо man of straw соломенное чучело straw: a man of man воображаемый противник; not to care a straw относиться совершенно безразлично; a straw in the wind намек, указание a man of man ненадежный человек a man of man подставное, фиктивное лицо a man of man соломенное чучело man of taste человек со вкусом man of letters писатель, литератор, ученый; man of office чиновник; man of the pen литератор man of the world светский человек man of the world человек, умудренный жизненным опытом man of worth достойный, почтенный человек; сочетания типа family man, self-made man, medical man, leading man, etc. см. под family, self-made, medical, leading, etc. worth: man достоинства; a man of worth достойный, заслуживающий уважения человек; he was never aware of her worth он никогда не ценил ее по заслугам man подбодрять; to man oneself мужаться, брать себя в руки media man работник средств массовой информации man of worth достойный, почтенный человек; сочетания типа family man, self-made man, medical man, leading man, etc. см. под family, self-made, medical, leading, etc. medical: medical врачебный, медицинский; medical aid медицинская помощь; the medical profession медицинские работники, врачи man врачебный, медицинский man разг. студент-медик man терапевтический; medical ward терапевтическое отделение больницы man of worth достойный, почтенный человек; сочетания типа family man, self-made man, medical man, leading man, etc. см. под family, self-made, medical, leading, etc. medical: man man врач meter man весовщик meter man землемер meter man контролер на платной автостоянке reasonable man благоразумный человек reasonably prudent man осторожный человек prudent: reasonably man man расчетливый человек man of worth достойный, почтенный человек; сочетания типа family man, self-made man, medical man, leading man, etc. см. под family, self-made, medical, leading, etc. man of worth достойный, почтенный человек; сочетания типа family man, self-made man, medical man, leading man, etc. см. под family, self-made, medical, leading, etc. tally man контролер при погрузке и выгрузке товара tally man лицо, продающее товар по образцам tally man лицо, продающее товар в рассрочку tally man лицо, продающее товар в кредит tally man счетчик tally man тальман good man! здорово!, здравствуй!; man and boy с юных лет; (all) to a man все до одного, как один (человек), все без исключения wealthy man богатый человек

    English-Russian short dictionary > man

  • 15 principio

    m.
    1 beginning, start (comienzo).
    el principio del fin the beginning of the end
    del principio al fin, desde el principio hasta el fin from beginning to end, from start to finish
    a principios de at the beginning of
    al principio at first, in the beginning
    en principio quedamos en hacer una reunión el jueves provisionally o unless you hear otherwise, we've arranged to meet on Thursday
    en un principio at first
    2 principle (fundamento, ley).
    en principio in principle
    por principio on principle
    3 origin, source (origen).
    4 element (elemento).
    principio activo active ingredient
    pres.indicat.
    1st person singular (yo) present indicative of spanish verb: principiar.
    * * *
    1 (inicio) beginning, start
    2 (base) principle
    3 (moral) principle
    1 rudiments
    \
    al principio at first, at the beginning
    en principio in principle
    * * *
    noun m.
    1) beginning, outset
    * * *
    SM
    1) (=comienzo) beginning

    al principio — at first, in the beginning

    a principios del verano — at the beginning of the summer, early in the summer

    desde el principio — from the first, from the outset

    desde el principio hasta el fin — from start to finish, from beginning to end

    en un principio — at first, to start with

    tener principio en algo — to start from sth, be based on sth

    2) pl principios (=nociones) rudiments, first notions

    "Principios de física" — "Introduction to Physics", "Outline of Physics"

    3) (=norma) principle

    el principio de la legalidad — the force of law, the rule of law

    4) (Fil) principle
    5) (Quím) element, constituent
    6) (Culin) entrée
    * * *
    1) ( comienzo) beginning

    el principio del verano — early summer, the beginning of summer

    en un or al principio — at first, in the beginning

    2)
    a) (concepto, postulado) principle
    b) ( norma moral) principle
    * * *
    1) ( comienzo) beginning

    el principio del verano — early summer, the beginning of summer

    en un or al principio — at first, in the beginning

    2)
    a) (concepto, postulado) principle
    b) ( norma moral) principle
    * * *
    el principio
    = early days, the

    Ex: The new chemical was expensive, and in the early days it was often mishandled; much of the foxing of early nineteenth-century paper was due to inefficient bleaching.

    principio1
    1 = principle, proposition, tenet, canon, touchstone.

    Ex: Objective 2 results in what could be described as a collocative catalogue, because a catalogue based on this principle collocates the writings of a particular author.

    Ex: They are a core, a set of basic propositions, onto which are grafted a rich variety of other possibilities.
    Ex: This attack summarises her main tenets.
    Ex: The archetypal canon is of course that of the books of the Bible, which are gathered together in a fixed and unchanging order.
    Ex: The touchstone for professional practice are the professional codes of ethics that govern medicine in face-to-face relationships with patients.
    * actuar de acuerdo con los principios de Uno = act on + Posesivo + principles.
    * adherirse a principios = espouse + principles.
    * basado en principios = principled.
    * basarse en un principio = base on + principle.
    * con principios = principled.
    * cumplir con un principio = comport with + principle.
    * declaración de principios = statement of principles, value statement, Bill of Rights, declaration of principles, statement of principles.
    * defender los principios de Uno = stand up for + Posesivo + principles.
    * de principios = principled.
    * de principios muy elevados = high-minded.
    * en principio = in principle, on principle.
    * establecer un principio = establish + principle, set forth + cause.
    * formular un principio = formulate + principle.
    * infringir un principio = violate + principle.
    * ir en contra de todos + Posesivo + principios = violate + principle.
    * Los Principios de París = Paris Principles.
    * mantenerse fiel a los principios de Uno = stick to + Posesivo + principles.
    * poner en duda unos principios = shake + foundations.
    * por principio = on principle.
    * por principios = as a matter of principle.
    * principio constitutivo = constitutive principle.
    * principio de actuación = governing principle.
    * principio de archívese según aparece = file-as-is principle.
    * principio de cualificación profesional adecuada para el trabajo en cuestión = principle of rate for the job.
    * principio de gratuidad, el = gratis principle, the.
    * principio de igualdad, el = egalitarian principle, the.
    * principio de la alfabetización literal = file-as-is principle, file-as-is principle.
    * principio del escalonamiento = scalar principle.
    * principio ético = moral principle.
    * principio fundamental = fundamental, principium [principia, -pl.].
    * principio moral = moral principle.
    * principio orientador = guiding principle.
    * principios = philosophy, ethos, morals.
    * principios elevados = high-mindedness.
    * Principios para la Intercalación Bibliográfica = ISO7154.
    * proponer como principio = posit.
    * respetar los principios = observe + principles.
    * seguir un principio = adopt + convention.
    * sin principios = unscrupulous, unprincipled.
    * suscribir un principio = subscribe to + principle.
    * traicionar los principios de uno mismo = betray + Posesivo + own principles.
    * una cuestión de principios = a matter of principle.
    * violar un principio = violate + principle.

    principio2
    2 = start, eruption, kick-off, startup [start-up], beginning.

    Ex: Olle is right, however, in implying that after a slow start interest in, and writing about, official publishing in Britain has increased dramatically in recent years.

    Ex: Information on the news items relevant to 'mad cow disease' was collected for a period of 100 days starting very close to the eruption of the crisis.
    Ex: The cooperative venture 'StoryLines America' joins libraries and public radio in smash kick-off.
    Ex: This article presents some practical tips to help users of DIALOG's DIALOGLINK including buffer size, screen speed-up, startup short cuts, type-ahead buffer and use of DIALOGLING with other services.
    Ex: In addition, synthesis often requires the use of a facet indicator, which marks the beginning of a new facet for example.
    * abocado al fracaso desde el principio = doomed from + the start, doomed from + the outset, doomed to + failure, doomed to + failure from its inception, doomed from + the beginning.
    * al principio = at first, at the outset, early [earlier -comp., earliest -sup.], in the early years, originally, to start with, early on, at startup.
    * al principio de = at the beginning (of), at the dawn of, at the onset of, early in.
    * al principio de la imprenta = early printing.
    * al principio y al final = both ends.
    * al principio y al final de = at each end of.
    * a principios de = in the early + Fecha.
    * a principios de + Expresión Temporal = early + Expresión Temporal, the.
    * a principios de los + Década = early + Década, the.
    * comenzar por el principio = start from + scratch, start at + ground zero.
    * comenzar por el principio, empezar desde cero, comen = start from + scratch.
    * condenado al fracaso desde el principio = doomed from + the start, doomed from + the outset, doomed from + the beginning.
    * de finales del siglo XIX y principios del XX = turn-of-the-century.
    * de principio a fin = from start to finish, gavel to gavel, from beginning to end.
    * de principio a fin (documento) = cover to cover.
    * desde el principio = from the start, all along, ab initio, from the outset, from the beginning, from the word go, from the word get-go.
    * desde el principio de los tiempos = since the beginning of time, from the beginning of time, since time began.
    * desde principio a fin = throughout.
    * desde principios de siglo = since the turn of the century, from the turn of the century.
    * el principio de = the dawn of.
    * el principio del fin = the beginning of the end.
    * el principio de + Mes/Estación = early + Mes/Estación.
    * empezar por el principio = start from + scratch, start at + ground zero.
    * en principio = at first, conceivably, first of all, prima facie.
    * en un principio = at an earlier stage, initially, originally, at one time, to begin with.
    * fracaso desde el principio = doomed failure.
    * hay que empezar por el principio = first things must come first.
    * leer de principio a fin = read + from cover to cover.
    * muy al principio = in very early days, at the very outset.
    * para principios de siglo = by the turn of the century.
    * principio, el = early days, the.
    * regresar al principio = go back to + square one, be back to square one.
    * volvemos siempre al principio = things swing full circle.
    * volver al principio = come + full circle, bring + Pronombre + full-circle.

    * * *
    A (comienzo) beginning
    el principio del verano early summer, the beginning of summer
    empieza por el principio start at the beginning
    el principio del fin the beginning of the end
    el éxito logrado con su primer libro es un buen principio the success she's had with her first book is a good start, the success of her first book has got her off to a good start
    se llegó a un principio de acuerdo en las negociaciones they reached the beginnings of an agreement in the negotiations
    congeniamos desde el principio we got along well from the start
    leyó el libro desde el principio hasta el final sin parar he read the book from cover to cover o from beginning to end o from start to finish without putting it down
    a principios de temporada at the beginning of the season
    a principios de siglo at the turn of the century
    al principio at first
    en un principio se creyó que la Tierra era plana at first o in the beginning people believed the Earth was flat
    B
    1 (concepto, postulado) principle
    es un principio universalmente aceptado it's a universally accepted concept
    la teoría parte de un principio erróneo the theory is based on a false premise
    en principio la reunión es el jueves the meeting's on Thursday unless you hear otherwise o provisionally, the meeting is set for Thursday
    en principio estoy de acuerdo, pero no depende sólo de mí I agree in principle, but it isn't only up to me
    2 (norma moral) principle
    es una cuestión de principios it's a question of principle(s)
    es una persona de principios she's a person of principle o a principled person
    por principio on principle
    Compuestos:
    uncertainty principle
    uncertainty principle
    ● principio de placer/realidad
    pleasure/reality principle
    * * *

     

    Del verbo principiar: ( conjugate principiar)

    principio es:

    1ª persona singular (yo) presente indicativo

    principió es:

    3ª persona singular (él/ella/usted) pretérito indicativo

    Multiple Entries:
    principiar    
    principio
    principio sustantivo masculino
    1 ( comienzo) beginning;

    empieza por el principio start at the beginning;
    eso es un buen principio that's a good start;
    en un or al principio at first, in the beginning
    2 (postulado, norma moral) principle;

    por principio on principle
    principio sustantivo masculino
    1 (comienzo) beginning, start: nos hemos perdido el principio de la película, we've missed the beginning of the film
    2 (causa, origen) premise, origin
    3 (idea fundamental, norma) principle 4 principios, (nociones) rudiments, basics: posee algunos principios de mecánica, she has some rudiments of mechanics
    ♦ Locuciones: al principio, at first
    en principio, in principle
    por principio, on principle
    ' principio' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    A
    - cien
    - empezar
    - extrema
    - extremo
    - frustrarse
    - germen
    - horterada
    - indirecta
    - vista
    - criterio
    - elemental
    - por
    English:
    at
    - basically
    - begin
    - beginning
    - cornerstone
    - early
    - farce
    - first
    - front
    - further
    - go
    - hear of
    - initially
    - initiation
    - listen
    - maybe
    - originally
    - outset
    - policy
    - principle
    - see
    - soon
    - start
    - stick to
    - tenet
    - wind back
    - from
    - out
    - right
    - throughout
    - turn
    * * *
    1. [comienzo] beginning, start;
    empieza por el principio start at the beginning;
    al principio at first, in the beginning;
    desde el principio from the beginning;
    se ha llegado a un principio de acuerdo a preliminary agreement has been reached;
    a principios de at the beginning of;
    en un principio at first;
    el principio del fin the beginning of the end;
    del principio al fin, desde el principio hasta el fin from beginning to end, from start to finish
    2. [fundamento, ley] principle
    principio de Arquímedes Archimedes' principle; Filosofía principio de causalidad causality principle;
    principio de incertidumbre uncertainty principle;
    principio de indeterminación uncertainty principle;
    principio del todo o nada all-or-nothing policy
    3. [origen] origin, source
    4. [elemento] element
    principio activo active ingredient
    5.
    principios [reglas de conducta] principles;
    un hombre de principios a man of principles;
    sin principios unprincipled, unscrupulous;
    por principio on principle;
    se negó a hacerlo por principios she refused to do it on principle
    6.
    principios [nociones] rudiments, first principles;
    tiene algunos principios de informática she knows a bit about computing
    7. [primera consideración]
    en principio: en principio, me parece buena la idea in principle, the idea seems good;
    en principio quedamos en hacer una reunión el jueves provisionally o unless you hear otherwise, we've arranged to meet on Thursday
    * * *
    m
    1 ley, moral principle;
    en principio in principle;
    por principio on principle
    2 en tiempo beginning;
    a principios de abril at the beginning of April;
    al principio, en un principio at first;
    el principio del fin the beginning of the end
    * * *
    1) comienzo: beginning
    2) : principle
    3)
    al principio : at first
    4)
    a principios de : at the beginning of
    a principios de agosto: at the beginning of August
    5)
    en principio : in principle
    * * *
    1. (comienzo) beginning
    2. (concepto) principle
    a principios de... at the beginning of...

    Spanish-English dictionary > principio

  • 16 Knowledge

       It is indeed an opinion strangely prevailing amongst men, that houses, mountains, rivers, and, in a word, all sensible objects, have an existence, natural or real, distinct from their being perceived by the understanding. But, with how great an assurance and acquiescence soever this principle may be entertained in the world, yet whoever shall find in his heart to call it into question may, if I mistake not, perceive it to involve a manifest contradiction. For, what are the forementioned objects but things we perceive by sense? and what do we perceive besides our own ideas or sensations? and is it not plainly repugnant that any one of these, or any combination of them, should exist unperceived? (Berkeley, 1996, Pt. I, No. 4, p. 25)
       It seems to me that the only objects of the abstract sciences or of demonstration are quantity and number, and that all attempts to extend this more perfect species of knowledge beyond these bounds are mere sophistry and illusion. As the component parts of quantity and number are entirely similar, their relations become intricate and involved; and nothing can be more curious, as well as useful, than to trace, by a variety of mediums, their equality or inequality, through their different appearances.
       But as all other ideas are clearly distinct and different from each other, we can never advance farther, by our utmost scrutiny, than to observe this diversity, and, by an obvious reflection, pronounce one thing not to be another. Or if there be any difficulty in these decisions, it proceeds entirely from the undeterminate meaning of words, which is corrected by juster definitions. That the square of the hypotenuse is equal to the squares of the other two sides cannot be known, let the terms be ever so exactly defined, without a train of reasoning and enquiry. But to convince us of this proposition, that where there is no property, there can be no injustice, it is only necessary to define the terms, and explain injustice to be a violation of property. This proposition is, indeed, nothing but a more imperfect definition. It is the same case with all those pretended syllogistical reasonings, which may be found in every other branch of learning, except the sciences of quantity and number; and these may safely, I think, be pronounced the only proper objects of knowledge and demonstration. (Hume, 1975, Sec. 12, Pt. 3, pp. 163-165)
       Our knowledge springs from two fundamental sources of the mind; the first is the capacity of receiving representations (the ability to receive impressions), the second is the power to know an object through these representations (spontaneity in the production of concepts).
       Through the first, an object is given to us; through the second, the object is thought in relation to that representation.... Intuition and concepts constitute, therefore, the elements of all our knowledge, so that neither concepts without intuition in some way corresponding to them, nor intuition without concepts, can yield knowledge. Both may be either pure or empirical.... Pure intuitions or pure concepts are possible only a priori; empirical intuitions and empirical concepts only a posteriori. If the receptivity of our mind, its power of receiving representations in so far as it is in any way affected, is to be called "sensibility," then the mind's power of producing representations from itself, the spontaneity of knowledge, should be called "understanding." Our nature is so constituted that our intuitions can never be other than sensible; that is, it contains only the mode in which we are affected by objects. The faculty, on the other hand, which enables us to think the object of sensible intuition is the understanding.... Without sensibility, no object would be given to us; without understanding, no object would be thought. Thoughts without content are empty; intuitions without concepts are blind. It is therefore just as necessary to make our concepts sensible, that is, to add the object to them in intuition, as to make our intuitions intelligible, that is to bring them under concepts. These two powers or capacities cannot exchange their functions. The understanding can intuit nothing, the senses can think nothing. Only through their union can knowledge arise. (Kant, 1933, Sec. 1, Pt. 2, B74-75 [p. 92])
       Metaphysics, as a natural disposition of Reason is real, but it is also, in itself, dialectical and deceptive.... Hence to attempt to draw our principles from it, and in their employment to follow this natural but none the less fallacious illusion can never produce science, but only an empty dialectical art, in which one school may indeed outdo the other, but none can ever attain a justifiable and lasting success. In order that, as a science, it may lay claim not merely to deceptive persuasion, but to insight and conviction, a Critique of Reason must exhibit in a complete system the whole stock of conceptions a priori, arranged according to their different sources-the Sensibility, the understanding, and the Reason; it must present a complete table of these conceptions, together with their analysis and all that can be deduced from them, but more especially the possibility of synthetic knowledge a priori by means of their deduction, the principles of its use, and finally, its boundaries....
       This much is certain: he who has once tried criticism will be sickened for ever of all the dogmatic trash he was compelled to content himself with before, because his Reason, requiring something, could find nothing better for its occupation. Criticism stands to the ordinary school metaphysics exactly in the same relation as chemistry to alchemy, or as astron omy to fortune-telling astrology. I guarantee that no one who has comprehended and thought out the conclusions of criticism, even in these Prolegomena, will ever return to the old sophistical pseudo-science. He will rather look forward with a kind of pleasure to a metaphysics, certainly now within his power, which requires no more preparatory discoveries, and which alone can procure for reason permanent satisfaction. (Kant, 1891, pp. 115-116)
       Knowledge is only real and can only be set forth fully in the form of science, in the form of system. Further, a so-called fundamental proposition or first principle of philosophy, even if it is true, it is yet none the less false, just because and in so far as it is merely a fundamental proposition, merely a first principle. It is for that reason easily refuted. The refutation consists in bringing out its defective character; and it is defective because it is merely the universal, merely a principle, the beginning. If the refutation is complete and thorough, it is derived and developed from the nature of the principle itself, and not accomplished by bringing in from elsewhere other counter-assurances and chance fancies. It would be strictly the development of the principle, and thus the completion of its deficiency, were it not that it misunderstands its own purport by taking account solely of the negative aspect of what it seeks to do, and is not conscious of the positive character of its process and result. The really positive working out of the beginning is at the same time just as much the very reverse: it is a negative attitude towards the principle we start from. Negative, that is to say, in its one-sided form, which consists in being primarily immediate, a mere purpose. It may therefore be regarded as a refutation of what constitutes the basis of the system; but more correctly it should be looked at as a demonstration that the basis or principle of the system is in point of fact merely its beginning. (Hegel, 1910, pp. 21-22)
       Knowledge, action, and evaluation are essentially connected. The primary and pervasive significance of knowledge lies in its guidance of action: knowing is for the sake of doing. And action, obviously, is rooted in evaluation. For a being which did not assign comparative values, deliberate action would be pointless; and for one which did not know, it would be impossible. Conversely, only an active being could have knowledge, and only such a being could assign values to anything beyond his own feelings. A creature which did not enter into the process of reality to alter in some part the future content of it, could apprehend a world only in the sense of intuitive or esthetic contemplation; and such contemplation would not possess the significance of knowledge but only that of enjoying and suffering. (Lewis, 1946, p. 1)
       "Evolutionary epistemology" is a branch of scholarship that applies the evolutionary perspective to an understanding of how knowledge develops. Knowledge always involves getting information. The most primitive way of acquiring it is through the sense of touch: amoebas and other simple organisms know what happens around them only if they can feel it with their "skins." The knowledge such an organism can have is strictly about what is in its immediate vicinity. After a huge jump in evolution, organisms learned to find out what was going on at a distance from them, without having to actually feel the environment. This jump involved the development of sense organs for processing information that was farther away. For a long time, the most important sources of knowledge were the nose, the eyes, and the ears. The next big advance occurred when organisms developed memory. Now information no longer needed to be present at all, and the animal could recall events and outcomes that happened in the past. Each one of these steps in the evolution of knowledge added important survival advantages to the species that was equipped to use it.
       Then, with the appearance in evolution of humans, an entirely new way of acquiring information developed. Up to this point, the processing of information was entirely intrasomatic.... But when speech appeared (and even more powerfully with the invention of writing), information processing became extrasomatic. After that point knowledge did not have to be stored in the genes, or in the memory traces of the brain; it could be passed on from one person to another through words, or it could be written down and stored on a permanent substance like stone, paper, or silicon chips-in any case, outside the fragile and impermanent nervous system. (Csikszentmihalyi, 1993, pp. 56-57)

    Historical dictionary of quotations in cognitive science > Knowledge

  • 17 con

    prep.
    1 with.
    ¿con quién vas? who are you going with?
    lo ha conseguido con su esfuerzo he has achieved it through his own efforts
    una cartera con varios documentos a briefcase containing several documents
    con el tiempo lo olvidé in time I forgot it
    2 in spite of (a pesar de).
    con todo despite everything
    con lo estudioso que es, le suspendieron for all his hard work, they still failed him
    Está con mucho dolor He is in [with] a lot of pain.
    3 by.
    con hacerlo así by doing it this way
    con salir a las diez es suficiente if we leave at ten, we'll have plenty of time
    * * *
    1 (instrumento, medio) with
    2 (modo, circunstancia) in, with
    ■ ¿vas a salir con este frío? are you going out in this cold?
    ■ me gustas con ese vestido you look nice in that dress, I like that dress on you
    3 (juntamente, en compañía) with
    7 (comparación) compared to
    8 (a pesar de) in spite of, despite
    9 con + inf by + gerund
    10 (aunque) in spite of
    ■ con ser tan fuerte... in spite of being so strong...
    \
    con que / con tal de que / con tal que provided, as long as
    con todo (y eso) nevertheless, even so
    * * *
    prep.
    1) with
    2) to, towards
    •
    * * *
    PREP
    1) [indicando compañía, instrumento, medio] with

    ¿con quién vas a ir? — who are you going with?

    andar con muletas — to walk on o with crutches

    con el tiempo — in the course of time, with time

    2) [indicando características, estado]
    3) [indicando combinación] and
    4) [indicando contenido]

    encontraron una maleta con 800.000 dólares — they found a suitcase containing 800,000 dollars o with 800,000 dollars in it

    5) [indicando modo]

    estar con algo, estar con dolor de muelas/la pierna escayolada — to have toothache/one's leg in plaster

    con mucho gusto — certainly, by all means

    6) [como complemento personal de algunos verbos] to

    ¿con quién hablas? — who are you speaking to?

    se ha casado con Jesús — she's married Jesús, she's got married to Jesús

    7) [tras adjetivos] to, towards

    amable con todos — kind to o towards everybody

    8) [con decimales]

    once con siete — [11,7] eleven point seven ( 11.7)

    9) (=pese a) in spite of

    con tantas dificultades, no se descorazonó — in spite of all o for all the difficulties he didn't lose heart

    con ser su madre, le odia — even though she is his mother she hates him

    con todo (y con eso), la gente se lo pasó bien — in spite of everything, people had a good time

    10) [en exclamaciones]

    ¡vaya con el niño! — * the cheeky monkey! *

    ¡con lo bien que se está aquí! — and it's so nice here too!

    no me dejó ni un trocito, con lo que me gustan esos caramelos — he didn't even let me have a tiny piece, and he knows how much I like those sweets

    11) [indicando una condición]
    a) + infin

    con decirle que no voy, se arreglará todo — when I tell him I'm not going, everything will be fine

    b)

    con que + subjun —

    con que me invite, me conformo — as long as o provided that she invites me, I don't mind

    tal 3., 4)
    * * *
    1)
    a) (expresando relaciones de compañía, comunicación, reciprocidad) with
    b) (indicando el objeto de comportamiento, actitud)
    2)

    ¿cómo vamos a ir con esta lluvia? — how can we go in this rain?

    ella se lo ofreció, con lo que or con lo cual me puso a mí en un aprieto — she offered it to him, which put me in an awkward position

    ¿no lo vas a llevar, con lo que le gusta el circo? — aren't you going to take him? you know how much he likes the circus

    con lo tarde que es, ya se debe haber ido — it's really late, he should have gone by now

    con todo lo que tengo que hacer! — on top of everything else I have to do!; todo III 2)

    3)
    a) (indicando instrumento, medio, material) with

    córtalo con la tijera — cut it with the scissors, use the scissors to cut it

    caray con la niña (or el vecino, etc)! — well would you believe it!

    con + inf: con llorar no se arregla nada crying won't solve anything; con llamarlo por teléfono ya cumples if o as long as you call him, that should do; con decirte que... I mean, to give you an example...; me contento con que apruebes — as long as you pass I'll be happy; tal III 2)

    b) ( indicando modo) with
    c) (al describir características, un estado)

    ¿vas a ir con ese vestido? — are you going in that dress?

    4) (AmL) (indicando el agente, destinatario)
    * * *
    = by use of, with, WITH, possessed of, what with, not without, featuring.
    Ex. By use of the code 'p' on the saved document summary screen you can request than one of the saved document lists be printed.
    Ex. Photographs are normally kept in drawers of standard filing cabinets, with folders or pockets, or both.
    Ex. WITH retrieves records in which two (or more) terms appear in the same field.
    Ex. Possessed of a phenomenal memory and a perpetual smile, this paragon always is ready to meet the public without losing balance or a sense of humor.
    Ex. What with Consuelo Feng in tears and Bernice Washington very pale, and startled, all was incomprehensible.
    Ex. It has shown that the technology can work, but not without problems.
    Ex. The exhibition also contains a group of ink drawings featuring self-portraits and portraits inspired by classical sculpture.
    ----
    * acoger con entusiasmo = greet + warmly.
    * andar con cuidado = tread + lightly.
    * asintiendo con entusiasmo = in eager assent.
    * con abundantes dorados = heavily gilt.
    * con afabilidad = good-naturedly.
    * con afán = earnestly.
    * con afecto = fondly, affectionately.
    * con agallas = spunky.
    * con agilidad = nimbly.
    * con agradecimiento = gratefully.
    * con agudeza = perceptively, subtly.
    * con ahínco = diligently, industriously.
    * con aire acondicionado = air conditioned.
    * con alas = winged.
    * con alborozo = mirthfully.
    * con alegría = joyously, gleefully.
    * con algoritmos = algorithmically.
    * con alimentación manual = hand-fed.
    * con altanería = superciliously, haughtily.
    * con altibajos = chequered [checkered, -USA].
    * con amabilidad = graciously.
    * con amargura = bitterly.
    * con amor no correspondido = lovelorn.
    * con anotaciones = scripted.
    * con ansias de conquistar el mundo = world-conquering.
    * con ansias de leer = reading-desirous.
    * con ansias de poder = power-hungry.
    * con ansiedad = eagerly, with bated breath.
    * con antelación = beforehand, ahead of time.
    * con antelación a = in anticipation of, in advance (of), prior to.
    * con anterioridad a = pre, prior to, before the days of.
    * con anterioridad a la contratación = pre-employment [preemployment].
    * con añoranza = longingly, wistfully.
    * con apatía = listlessly.
    * con aplicación = industriously, studiously.
    * con aprensión = apprehensively.
    * con aprobación = approvingly.
    * con ardor = ardently.
    * con armonía = harmoniously.
    * con arrogancia = superciliously, haughtily.
    * con asco = disgustedly.
    * con asiduidad = assiduously.
    * con aspecto de adulto = adult-looking.
    * con astucia = by cunning, astutely, slyly, shrewdly, cannily.
    * con atención = attentively.
    * con audacia = boldly.
    * con autoridad = authoritative, authoritatively.
    * con avances = stepped-up.
    * con avaricia = rapaciously.
    * con baño = en suite, en-suite bathroom, en-suite bath, en-suite facilities.
    * con barba = bearded.
    * con base de arena = sand-based.
    * con base empírica = empirically-based.
    * con base en = based in.
    * con bastante antelación = well in advance, far in advance.
    * con bastante frecuencia = quite frequently, fairly often.
    * con basura por el suelo = littered.
    * con bisagras = hinged.
    * con botones = buttoned, buttoned-up.
    * con botones por detrás = back-buttoning.
    * con brotes = budded.
    * con buena fama = respected.
    * con buena reputación = respected, reputable.
    * con buenas conexiones = well-connected.
    * con buenas intenciones = well meant, in good faith, well-intentioned, well-intended, well-meaning.
    * con buen gusto = tastefully.
    * con buen humor = good-humouredly.
    * con buenos contactos = well-connected.
    * con buenos modales = politely.
    * con bultos = lumpiness.
    * con burbujas = carbonated.
    * con cable = corded.
    * con cafeina = caffeinated.
    * con cajero = cashiered.
    * con calefacción = heated.
    * con calefacción central = centrally heated.
    * con calma = calmly, leisurely, tranquilly.
    * con capucha = hooded.
    * con cara de cansado = bleary-eyed.
    * con cara de sueño = bleary-eyed.
    * con cargo a = to be debited to, to be charged to.
    * con cargo de conciencia = remorseful.
    * con cariño = fondly, affectionately.
    * con carne = meaty [meatier -comp., meatiest -sup.].
    * con cautela = cautiously, warily, with a grain of salt.
    * con certeza = for sure, with assurance, for certain.
    * con chasis fabricado por separado del bastidor = coachbuilt [coach-built].
    * con cierta comodidad = with some ease.
    * con cierta facilidad = with some ease.
    * con cierta formación = educated.
    * con cierta frecuencia = not uncommonly.
    * con cierto detalle = at some length.
    * con cierto gasto = at some expense.
    * con cinismo = cynically.
    * con cintura de avispa = wasp-waisted.
    * con claustros = cloistered.
    * con clavos = hobnailed.
    * con cobro = fee-based.
    * con codicia = rapaciously.
    * con cola = caudate.
    * con cola espesa = bushy-tailed.
    * con cola tupida = bushy-tailed.
    * con cólicos = colicky newborn.
    * con columnas corintias = Corinthian-columned.
    * con comodidad = with ease, easily.
    * con comprensión = sympathetically.
    * con compromisos = strings attached.
    * con condiciones especiales = strings attached.
    * con confianza = confidently, with confidence, trustingly, trustfully.
    * con confianza en uno mismo = self-confident.
    * con conocimiento = authoritatively.
    * con conocimiento básico en el manejo de la información = information literate [information-literate].
    * con conocimiento básico en el uso de la biblioteca = library literate [library-literate].
    * con conocimiento de = appreciative of, conversant with.
    * con conocimiento de causa = knowingly.
    * con conocimiento de informática = computer literate [computer-literate].
    * con conocimiento en el uso de Internet = Internet-savvy.
    * con conocimientos en = versed in.
    * con conocimientos sobre el correo electrónico = e-mail literate.
    * con consecuencias fatales = fatally.
    * con consentimiento = willing.
    * con contenido enriquecido = content-enriched.
    * con control atmosférico = atmospherically-controlled.
    * con copyright = copyright-protected.
    * con corazón de piedra = stony-hearted.
    * con corrientes de aire = draughty [drafty, -USA].
    * con cortesía = courteously.
    * con costras = caked.
    * con creces = amply, far + Verbo.
    * con créditos = credit-carrying.
    * con criterio = discerning.
    * con cualidades humanas = anthropomorphic.
    * con cuanta creatividad = how creatively.
    * con cuernos = horned.
    * con cuidado = gently, carefully.
    * con cúpula = domed.
    * con datos no pertinentes = dirty [dirtier -comp., dirtiest -sup.].
    * con decisión = decisively.
    * con dedos pegajosos = sticky-fingered.
    * con deferencia = dutifully.
    * con deleite = with gusto.
    * con delicadeza = delicately, gently.
    * con demasiada facilidad = all too easily.
    * con demasiada frecuencia = all too often, all too frequently, too often.
    * con demasiadas expectativas = over expectant.
    * con demasiados miramientos = mealy-mouthed.
    * con demasiado trabajo = overworked.
    * con demasidad facilidad = all too easy.
    * con derecho a voto = eligible to vote.
    * con derecho de autor = copyright-protected.
    * con derechos de autor = copyrightable, royalty-paid.
    * con desaliento = despondently, dispiritedly, hopelessly.
    * con desánimo = dejectedly, despondently.
    * con desaprobación = disapproving, disapprovingly.
    * con descaro = impudently.
    * con desconfianza = suspiciously.
    * con descuento = at a discount, discounted, cut-price, cut-rate.
    * con desenfado = lightheartedly.
    * con desesperación = dispiritedly, hopelessly.
    * con desfachatez = impudently.
    * con desgana = listlessly, reluctantly, unwillingly.
    * con destino a = to.
    * con destreza = nimbly, adeptly, with ease.
    * con detalle = at a detailed level, in detail.
    * con determinación = with purpose, single-mindedly, purposefully, steadfastly.
    * con dientes de conejo = bucktoothed.
    * con dientes de sierra = serrated.
    * con dientes salidos = bucktoothed.
    * con diferencia = by far.
    * con diferentes variaciones = in variation.
    * con dificultad = laboriously, with difficulty.
    * con dificultades = in difficulties.
    * con diligencia = sedulously, industriously, studiously.
    * con dinamismo = proactively [pro-actively], vivaciously.
    * con diplomacia = diplomatically.
    * con discapacidades físicas = physically challenged.
    * con disimulo = on the quiet, on the sly.
    * con doble acristalamiento = double-glazed.
    * con doble titulación = dually qualified.
    * con dos caras = double-faced.
    * con dos facetas = double-faced.
    * con dudas = uncertainly.
    * con dudosa reputación = disreputable.
    * con dureza = harshly.
    * con efecto desde + Fecha = with effect from + Fecha.
    * con eficacia = ably.
    * con eficiencia = ably.
    * con efusión = effusively.
    * con ejemplos = by example(s).
    * con él = therewith.
    * con el agua al cuello = in hot water.
    * con el agua hasta el cuello = in deep water.
    * con el alma en vilo = on tenterhooks.
    * con el ánimo de = in the spirit of.
    * con el ceño fruncido = with a frown.
    * con el conocimiento de que = on the understanding that.
    * con el corazón destrozado = broken-hearted.
    * con el corazón en la boca = on tenterhooks.
    * con el corazón en un puño = on tenterhooks.
    * con el corazón partido = broken-hearted.
    * con el corazón roto = broken-hearted.
    * con el correr del tiempo = over the years, in the process of time, with the passage of time.
    * con el culo al aire = out in the cold.
    * con el debido respeto = with due respect.
    * con el decursar del tiempo = with the passage of time, in the process of time.
    * con elegancia = elegantly, gracefully.
    * con el emblema = under the banner.
    * con el fin de = in order to.
    * con ello = in doing so, in the process, thereto.
    * con ellos = with them.
    * con el más sumo cuidado = with utmost care.
    * con el mayor cuidado = with utmost care.
    * con el mayor secreto = a veil of secrecy.
    * con el mismo = therewith.
    * con el mismo + Nombre + como el que... = as + Adverbio + as....
    * con el mismo planteamiento que = on the same lines as.
    * con el nacimiento de = at the dawn of.
    * con el nombre y dirección del remitente = self-addressed.
    * con el número = numbered.
    * con el objetivo de = with the purpose of, with a brief to, with the aim of, with a focus on.
    * con el objeto de = in the attempt to, in the drive to, in a drive to.
    * con el paso de = with the passing of.
    * con el paso de los años = with the passing of (the) years.
    * con el paso del tiempo = over the years, over time, with the passage of time, in due course, over a period of time, in the course of time, over the course of time, in the process of time, as time passed (by), as time passes (by), as time went by.
    * con el pie deformado = clubfooted.
    * con el pretexto de = under the guise of, under the flag of, in the guise of.
    * con el primer intento = at the first shot.
    * con el propósito de = with the purpose of, with the aim of, in the drive to, in a drive to.
    * con el propósito de superarse uno mismo = self-improvement-oriented.
    * con el rabo entre las piernas = with a flea in + Posesivo + ear.
    * con el sudor de + Posesivo + frente = by the sweat of + Posesivo + brow.
    * con el suelo de tierra = dirt-floored.
    * con el tiempo = in time, over the years, with time, with the passage of time, eventually, in due course, over a period of time, in due time, over time, in the process of time, as time passed (by), as time passes (by), as time goes by, as time went by, by and by.
    * con el título = entitled.
    * con el transcurrir del tiempo = with the passage of time, in the process of time, as time passed (by).
    * con el transcurso de = with the passing of.
    * con el transcurso de los años = over the years, with the passing of (the) years.
    * con el transcurso de los siglos = over the course of the centuries.
    * con el transcurso del tiempo = over time, with time, with age, in the course of time, over the course of time, as time passes (by), as time went by.
    * con el uso = in use, with use.
    * con encimera de mármol = marble-top.
    * con energía = powerfully.
    * con enfado = angrily.
    * con enfermedades mentales = mentally challenged.
    * con entusiasmo = eagerly, enthusiastically, rhapsodically, wholeheartedly [whole-heartedly].
    * con entusiasmo en los ojos = bright-eyed.
    * con errores = flawed.
    * con errores gramaticales = grammatically challenged, grammatically incorrect.
    * con escamas = flaky.
    * con ese fin = to that end.
    * con esmero = sedulously, studiously.
    * con eso = thereto, by this.
    * con esperanza = in hopeful expectation.
    * con espíritu deportivo = sportingly.
    * con este fin = to this end, to that effect.
    * con estilo = stylish.
    * con esto = by so doing, in so doing, in this, herewith, by doing so, by this, in doing so.
    * con estructura de acero = steel-framed.
    * con estructura de madera = timber-framed.
    * con estudios = schooled, educated.
    * con exactitud = precisely.
    * con excepción de = with the exception of, except for.
    * con éxito = successful, successfully, winningly.
    * con expectación = expectantly.
    * con experiencia = experienced.
    * con experiencia ampliamente demostrada = proven.
    * con experiencia profesional = professionally-qualified.
    * con exuberancia = lushly.
    * con facilidad = without difficulty, fluently, with ease, easily.
    * con fascinación = rhapsodically.
    * con fecha = dated, dated.
    * con fecha + Fecha = dated + Fecha.
    * con ferocidad = ferociously.
    * con figuras en movimiento = animated.
    * con filtros = filtered.
    * con financiación independiente = self-funded.
    * con financiación propia = self-funded.
    * con fines + Adjetivo = for + Nombre + purposes.
    * con fines lucrativos = profit-making, profit-orientated, profit-oriented, profit-generating.
    * con firma = signed.
    * con firmeza = assertively, resolutely, firmly, unshakably, staunchly.
    * con flexibilidad = flexibly.
    * con fluidez = fluent, fluently.
    * con forma de castillo = castellated.
    * con forma de estrella = star-shaped [star shaped].
    * con forma de pelo = hair-like.
    * con forma de pera = pear-shaped.
    * con forma de pirámide = trihedral, pyramidal-shaped.
    * con forma de tetraedro = trihedral.
    * con forma de U = U-shaped.
    * con forma piramidal = pyramidal-shaped.
    * con franqueza = frankly.
    * con frecuencia = frequently, often [oftener -comp., oftenest -sup.], oftentimes [often times], ofttimes [oft-times].
    * con frondosidad = lushly.
    * con fuertes aspiraciones profesionales = upward-mobile.
    * con fuerza = forcefully, vigourously [vigorously, -USA], powerfully.
    * con funda = jacketed.
    * con fundamentos = informed.
    * con fundamentos sólidos = well-considered.
    * con furia = with a vengeance, furiously.
    * con futuro = up-and-coming.
    * con gafas = bespectacled.
    * con ganas = with gusto.
    * con ganas de pelear = on the warpath.
    * con garantías de calidad = quality assured.
    * con gas = carbonated.
    * con generosidad = generously, unstintingly.
    * con goteras = leaking, leaky [leakier -comp., leakiest -sup].
    * con gracia = wittily, funnily.
    * con gran capacidad = capacious.
    * con gran colorido = brightly coloured.
    * con gran densidad de población = densely populated.
    * con gran dificultad = with great difficulty.
    * con grandilocuencia = grandly.
    * con gran esplendor = grandly.
    * con gran iluminación = brightly illuminated.
    * con gran motivación = highly-motivated.
    * con gran sentimiento = earnestly.
    * con gratitud = gratefully.
    * con gravedad = grimly.
    * con guión = hyphenated.
    * con gusto = happily, satisfyingly, stylish, willingly.
    * con habilidad = adeptly.
    * con hambre de poder = power-hungry.
    * con hastial = gabled.
    * con heridas superficiales = superficially wounded.
    * con honestidad = honestly.
    * con humildad = humbly.
    * con humor = humorously.
    * con ilusión = eagerly.
    * con imágenes en movimiento = animated.
    * con imaginación = imaginatively.
    * con impaciencia = with bated breath.
    * con impasibilidad = impassively.
    * con impunidad = with impunity.
    * con incredulidad = incredulously.
    * con independencia de = in spite of, despite, although, despite the fact that, in spite of the fact that.
    * con indiferencia = indifferently, casually.
    * con indignación = disgustedly, indignantly.
    * con indulgencia = leniently.
    * con información = information-bearing.
    * con iniciativa = proactively [pro-actively], proactive [pro-active], enterprising.
    * con inocencia = innocently.
    * con insistencia = insistently.
    * con insolencia = impudently.
    * con intencionalidad = calculated.
    * con intenciones ocultas = agenda-laden.
    * con intereses ocultos = agenda-laden.
    * con intereses propios = self-interested.
    * con interrupciones = discontinuous, episodic.
    * con intervención directa = obtrusive.
    * con ira = angrily.
    * con júbilo = joyously, gleefully.
    * con juicio de valor = value-loaded.
    * con la anchura de los hombros = shoulder-width.
    * con la ayuda de = under the guidance of.
    * con la cabeza en las nubes = ditzy [ditzier -comp., ditziest -sup.], ditsy [ditsier -comp., ditsiest -sup.].
    * con la conciencia limpia = with a clear conscience.
    * con la conciencia tranquila = with a clear conscience.
    * con la condición de que = on the understanding that, with the condition that, on the condition that.
    * con la convicción de que = in the belief that/of, on the assumption that.
    * con la debida consideración = with due consideration.
    * con la debida cualificación = properly qualified.
    * con la edad = with age.
    * con la espalda contra la pared = up against the wall.
    * con la esperanza de = in hope(s) of, with the hope(s) of.
    * con la esperanza de que = in the hope(s) that, in hope(s) that.
    * con la excusa de = in the name of, under the mantle of, under the flag of, under the guise of, in the guise of.
    * con la expectativa de que = in hopeful expectation that.
    * con la extensión de un libro = book-length.
    * con la falda típica escocesa = kilted.
    * con la formación adecuada = adequately-trained.
    * con la frente en alto = stand + tall.
    * con lagañas en los ojos = bleary [blearier -comp., bleariest -sup.].
    * con la imaginación = in imagination.
    * con la intención de = designing, with an eye toward(s), intending to, aimed at, purposefully, intended to, in the drive to, in a drive to.
    * con la intención de comunicar hechos = fact-communicating.
    * con la llegada de = with the advent of, with the arrival of.
    * con la mejor voluntad del mundo = in good faith.
    * con la mente despejada = clear-headed.
    * con la mirada en = with an eye toward(s).
    * con la mirada en blanco = blankly.
    * con la mirada perdida = stare into + space, gaze into + space.
    * con la mirada puesta en = with an eye on, in + Posesivo + sights.
    * con la misma altura que = the full height of.
    * con la portada hacia fuera = face-out.
    * con la punta de los pies mirando hacia dentro = pigeon-toed.
    * con la sabiduría que da la experiencia = with the benefit of hindsight.
    * con las características similares a las de texto = text-like.
    * con lascivia = lustily.
    * con las dimensiones de una pared = wall-sized.
    * con las dos manos = two handed [two-handed].
    * con las espalda contra la pared = with + Posesivo + back against the wall.
    * con las esquinas dobladas = dog-eared.
    * con las garras fuera = knives-out.
    * con las manos muy largas = light-fingered.
    * con las manos vacías = empty-handed.
    * con las mejores intenciones = best-intentioned.
    * con la soga al cuello = in dire straits.
    * con las orejas gachas = with a flea in + Posesivo + ear, depressed.
    * con las rodillas mirando hacia dentro y los talones hacia fuera = knock-kneed.
    * con (la) suficiente antelación = in good time, early enough, well in advance.
    * con las uñas fuera = knives-out.
    * con lazos muy estrechos = close-knit.
    * con legañas en los ojos = bleary [blearier -comp., bleariest -sup.].
    * con licencia para vender bebidas alcohólicas = licensed, licensed.
    * con limitación temporal = time-oriented.
    * con límites impuestos por uno mismo = self-limiting.
    * con llave = locked, locking.
    * con lo cual = whereupon.
    * con lo pies sobre la tierra = down-to-earth.
    * con los nervios a flor de piel = edgy [edgier -comp., edgiest -sup.], nervy [nervier -comp., nerviest -sup.], on edge, highly-strung.
    * con los nervios de punta = edgy [edgier -comp., edgiest -sup.], nervy [nervier -comp., nerviest -sup.], on edge.
    * con los ojos empañados = misty-eyed.
    * con los ojos hinchados = bleary-eyed.
    * con los ojos llorosos = misty-eyed, bleary [blearier -comp., bleariest -sup.].
    * con los ojos nublados = misty-eyed.
    * con los ojos vendados = blindfold, blindfolded.
    * con los últimos avances = state-of-the-art, leading edge.
    * con lujuria = lustily.
    * con machetes = machete-wielding.
    * con madurez = maturely.
    * con magnanimidad = magnanimously.
    * con mala fama = disreputable.
    * con mala reputación = disreputable.
    * con maldad = ill-naturedly.
    * con malhumor = moodily.
    * con maña = skilfully [skillfully, -USA], skilful [skillful, -USA].
    * con marca = branded.
    * con más antigüedad = longest-serving.
    * con más detalle = in most detail, in more detail.
    * con más frecuencia = most frequently.
    * con más intensidad aun = with a vengeance.
    * con más razón aún = a fortiori.
    * con más vigor aun = with a vengeance.
    * con más virulencia aun = with a vengeance.
    * con más vitalidad = revitalised [revitalized, -USA].
    * con mayor detalle = in greater detail.
    * con mayor profundidad = in most detail, in more detail.
    * con meandros = meandering.
    * con mechones = streaky [streaker -comp., streakiest -sup.].
    * con medios insuficientes = on a shoestring (budget).
    * con medios muy escasos = on a shoestring (budget).
    * con medios muy exiguos = on a shoestring (budget).
    * con mejoras = stepped-up.
    * con melancolía = wistfully.
    * con miedo = fearfully, afraid, frightened.
    * con millones de ventas = megaselling.
    * con miras a (+ Infinitivo) = with a view to (+ Gerundio).
    * con miras al futuro = forward-looking.
    * con moderación = sparingly, in moderation.
    * con motivo de = on the occasion of.
    * con mucha ceremonia = ceremoniously.
    * con mucha cohesión = tightly knit, closely knit, tight-knit.
    * con mucha diferencia = by far.
    * con mucha energía = high energy.
    * con mucha frecuencia = very often.
    * con mucha información = populated.
    * con mucha labia = glibly, smooth-tongued, smooth-talking.
    * con mucha palabrería = glibly.
    * con mucha población = heavily populated.
    * con mucha pompa = ceremoniously.
    * con mucha prisa = without a minute to spare.
    * con muchas actividades = event-filled.
    * con muchas deudas = heavily indebted.
    * con muchas ilustraciones = copiously illustrated.
    * con muchas imágenes = image intensive.
    * con muchas prestaciones = feature-filled, multifacility.
    * con mucha vitalidad = lively [livelier -comp., liveliest -sup.].
    * con mucho = very much, far + Verbo, grossly, overwhelmingly, by far, by a long shot, by a long way, hands down.
    * con mucho ánimo = spiritedly.
    * con mucho bombo = ceremoniously.
    * con mucho contenido = information packed [information-packed].
    * con mucho esfuerzo = painfully.
    * con mucho éxito = with a wide appeal.
    * con mucho protocolo = ceremoniously.
    * con mucho público = well attended [well-attended].
    * con muchos acontecimientos = event-filled.
    * con muchos detalles = elaborately.
    * con muchos eventos = event-filled.
    * con muchos huesos y poca carne = bony [bonier -comp., boniest -sup.].
    * con muchos lectores = with a wide appeal.
    * con muchos miramientos = ceremoniously.
    * con mucho trabajo = painfully.
    * con muy poca antelación = at (a) very short notice.
    * con muy poca anticipación = at (a) very short notice.
    * con muy poca frecuencia = all too seldom, all too seldom.
    * con muy pocas excepciones = with few exceptions, with a few exceptions.
    * con muy pocos medios = on a shoestring (budget).
    * con naturalidad = unselfconsciously.
    * con nervios = rib.
    * con niebla = foggy [foggier -comp., foggiest -sup.].
    * con nosotros = with us.
    * con nostalgia = wistfully.
    * con notas a pie de página = footnoted.
    * con + Número + año(s) de antelación = Número + year(s) ahead.
    * con objetivos específicos = goal-oriented.
    * con objeto de = in order to, in an attempt to, in an effort to, aimed at, with the purpose of, in a bid to, with the aim of.
    * con objeto de hacer = toward(s).
    * con objeto de (+ Infinitivo) = with a view to (+ Gerundio).
    * con objeto de + Verbo = for the purpose of + Nombre.
    * con ocasión de = on the occasion of.
    * con ojos azules = blue-eyed.
    * con ojos brillantes = bright-eyed.
    * con ojos de lince = eagle-eyed, sharp-eyed.
    * con ojos vivarachos = bright-eyed.
    * con olor a ajo = garlicky.
    * con olor a cerrado = musty [mustier -comp., mustiest -sup.], mousy [mousier -comp., mousiest -sup.].
    * con olor a fruta = fruity [fruitier -comp., fruitiest -sup.].
    * con olor a humedad = musty [mustier -comp., mustiest -sup.], mousy [mousier -comp., mousiest -sup.].
    * con olor a orina = urinous.
    * con olor a polvo = dust smelling.
    * con orgullo = proudly.
    * con otra copa de lo mismo se te cura la resaca = a hair of the dog that bit you.
    * con paciencia = patiently.
    * con pagos pendientes = be in arrears.
    * con papel de calco intercalado = carbon interleaved paper.
    * con participación del público mediante llamada telefónica = phone-in.
    * con pasión = with passion, passionately.
    * con patas = legged.
    * con peligro de muerte = life threatening.
    * con pelo cano = gray-haired, grey-haired.
    * con pelos y señales = blow-by-blow.
    * con pequeños matices = nuanced.
    * con pereza = lazily.
    * con perplejidad = quizzically, perplexedly.
    * con perspicacia = perceptively.
    * con pesar = with regret.
    * con pesimismo = pessimistically, gloomily.
    * con picardía = slyly, wickedly.
    * con pie firme = sure-footed.
    * con piernas = legged.
    * con pinzas = with a grain of salt, clamp-on.
    * con planes ocultos = agenda-laden.
    * con pleno derecho = with full rights.
    * con pliegues = pleated.
    * con poca claridad = indistinctly.
    * con poca exactitud = loosely.
    * con poca experiencia = inexperienced.
    * con poca iluminación = dimly illuminated.
    * con poca imaginación = unimaginatively.
    * con poca luz = badly-lit.
    * con poca naturalidad = stiltedly.
    * con poca población = thinly populated.
    * con pocas habilidades = poor-ability.
    * con poca visión de futuro = short-sighted [shortsighted].
    * con poco conocimiento de las nuevas tecnologías = technologically challenged.
    * con poco dinero = on the cheap.
    * con poco entusiasmo = half-heartedly.
    * con pocos recursos = under-resourced.
    * con pocos recursos económicos = low-budget.
    * con poder = powerful.
    * con + Posesivo + ayuda = under + Posesivo + guidance.
    * con posibilidades comerciales = commercially viable.
    * con posterioridad a = subsequent to.
    * con posterioridad a la contratación = post-employment [postemployment].
    * con precipitación = rashly.
    * con precisión = precisely.
    * con preferencia = preferably.
    * con preferencia sobre = in preference to.
    * con prejuicios = prejudicial.
    * con prepotencia = superciliously, haughtily.
    * con pretensiones de superioridad moral = self-righteous.
    * con principios = principled.
    * con prisa = in a rush, in a hurry.
    * con problemas = in hot water.
    * con problemas de aprendizaje = learning disabled.
    * con problemas de lectura = print disabled.
    * con problemas de vista = vision impaired.
    * con problemas visuales = vision impaired.
    * con profusión = in profusion.
    * con prontitud = expeditiously, promptly.
    * con provecho = with profit.
    * con púas = spiny [spinier -comp., spiniest -sup.].
    * con rabo = caudate.
    * con ráfagas de viento = blustery.
    * con rapacidad = rapaciously.
    * con rapidez = promptly.
    * con razón = rightly, quite rightly, understandably, rightfully.
    * con rebeldía = defiantly.
    * con referencia = re.
    * con referencia a = in relation to, in connection with, regarding.
    * con referencias espaciales = spatially referenced.
    * con regocijo = gleefully.
    * con regularidad = regularly.
    * con relación a = as regards, re, in relation to, in connection with, regarding, concerning.
    * con rencor = spitefully.
    * con reproche = reprovingly, reproachfully.
    * con repugnancia = disgustedly.
    * con resentimiento = resentfully, spitefully.
    * con reserva = doubtfully.
    * con reservas = qualified, with reservations.
    * con resignación = resignedly, uncomplainingly.
    * con resolución = resolutely.
    * con respecto a = concerning, in regard to, regarding, regarding, vis à vis, with regard(s) to, with respect to, within, as to, in extent of, in terms of, in the way of, as for, as regards, in relation to, in comparison with, in comparison to, as to the matter of, in reference to, now as to.
    * con respecto a si... o... = as to whether... or....
    * con respeto = respectfully.
    * con responsabilidad = responsibly.
    * con retraso mental = mentally retarded.
    * con rigor = rigourously [rigorously, -USA], harshly.
    * con ruedas = wheeled.
    * con rumbo a = bound for.
    * con sabiduría = sagely.
    * con sabor = flavoured [flavored, -USA].
    * con sabor a ajo = garlicky.
    * con sabor a fruta = fruity [fruitier -comp., fruitiest -sup.].
    * con sabor artificial = artificially flavoured.
    * con sagacidad = shrewdly.
    * con saldo = prepaid [pre-paid].
    * con salida al mercado = due out.
    * con sarcasmo = sardonically, pungently.
    * con satisfacción = contentedly.
    * con sed = thirsty [thirstier -comp., thirstiest -sup.].
    * con sed de poder = power-hungry.
    * con sede en = headquartered (at/in), based in.
    [b]* con sede en Amér
    * * *
    1)
    a) (expresando relaciones de compañía, comunicación, reciprocidad) with
    b) (indicando el objeto de comportamiento, actitud)
    2)

    ¿cómo vamos a ir con esta lluvia? — how can we go in this rain?

    ella se lo ofreció, con lo que or con lo cual me puso a mí en un aprieto — she offered it to him, which put me in an awkward position

    ¿no lo vas a llevar, con lo que le gusta el circo? — aren't you going to take him? you know how much he likes the circus

    con lo tarde que es, ya se debe haber ido — it's really late, he should have gone by now

    con todo lo que tengo que hacer! — on top of everything else I have to do!; todo III 2)

    3)
    a) (indicando instrumento, medio, material) with

    córtalo con la tijera — cut it with the scissors, use the scissors to cut it

    caray con la niña (or el vecino, etc)! — well would you believe it!

    con + inf: con llorar no se arregla nada crying won't solve anything; con llamarlo por teléfono ya cumples if o as long as you call him, that should do; con decirte que... I mean, to give you an example...; me contento con que apruebes — as long as you pass I'll be happy; tal III 2)

    b) ( indicando modo) with
    c) (al describir características, un estado)

    ¿vas a ir con ese vestido? — are you going in that dress?

    4) (AmL) (indicando el agente, destinatario)
    * * *
    = by use of, with, WITH, possessed of, what with, not without, featuring.

    Ex: By use of the code 'p' on the saved document summary screen you can request than one of the saved document lists be printed.

    Ex: Photographs are normally kept in drawers of standard filing cabinets, with folders or pockets, or both.
    Ex: WITH retrieves records in which two (or more) terms appear in the same field.
    Ex: Possessed of a phenomenal memory and a perpetual smile, this paragon always is ready to meet the public without losing balance or a sense of humor.
    Ex: What with Consuelo Feng in tears and Bernice Washington very pale, and startled, all was incomprehensible.
    Ex: It has shown that the technology can work, but not without problems.
    Ex: The exhibition also contains a group of ink drawings featuring self-portraits and portraits inspired by classical sculpture.
    * acoger con entusiasmo = greet + warmly.
    * andar con cuidado = tread + lightly.
    * asintiendo con entusiasmo = in eager assent.
    * con abundantes dorados = heavily gilt.
    * con afabilidad = good-naturedly.
    * con afán = earnestly.
    * con afecto = fondly, affectionately.
    * con agallas = spunky.
    * con agilidad = nimbly.
    * con agradecimiento = gratefully.
    * con agudeza = perceptively, subtly.
    * con ahínco = diligently, industriously.
    * con aire acondicionado = air conditioned.
    * con alas = winged.
    * con alborozo = mirthfully.
    * con alegría = joyously, gleefully.
    * con algoritmos = algorithmically.
    * con alimentación manual = hand-fed.
    * con altanería = superciliously, haughtily.
    * con altibajos = chequered [checkered, -USA].
    * con amabilidad = graciously.
    * con amargura = bitterly.
    * con amor no correspondido = lovelorn.
    * con anotaciones = scripted.
    * con ansias de conquistar el mundo = world-conquering.
    * con ansias de leer = reading-desirous.
    * con ansias de poder = power-hungry.
    * con ansiedad = eagerly, with bated breath.
    * con antelación = beforehand, ahead of time.
    * con antelación a = in anticipation of, in advance (of), prior to.
    * con anterioridad a = pre, prior to, before the days of.
    * con anterioridad a la contratación = pre-employment [preemployment].
    * con añoranza = longingly, wistfully.
    * con apatía = listlessly.
    * con aplicación = industriously, studiously.
    * con aprensión = apprehensively.
    * con aprobación = approvingly.
    * con ardor = ardently.
    * con armonía = harmoniously.
    * con arrogancia = superciliously, haughtily.
    * con asco = disgustedly.
    * con asiduidad = assiduously.
    * con aspecto de adulto = adult-looking.
    * con astucia = by cunning, astutely, slyly, shrewdly, cannily.
    * con atención = attentively.
    * con audacia = boldly.
    * con autoridad = authoritative, authoritatively.
    * con avances = stepped-up.
    * con avaricia = rapaciously.
    * con baño = en suite, en-suite bathroom, en-suite bath, en-suite facilities.
    * con barba = bearded.
    * con base de arena = sand-based.
    * con base empírica = empirically-based.
    * con base en = based in.
    * con bastante antelación = well in advance, far in advance.
    * con bastante frecuencia = quite frequently, fairly often.
    * con basura por el suelo = littered.
    * con bisagras = hinged.
    * con botones = buttoned, buttoned-up.
    * con botones por detrás = back-buttoning.
    * con brotes = budded.
    * con buena fama = respected.
    * con buena reputación = respected, reputable.
    * con buenas conexiones = well-connected.
    * con buenas intenciones = well meant, in good faith, well-intentioned, well-intended, well-meaning.
    * con buen gusto = tastefully.
    * con buen humor = good-humouredly.
    * con buenos contactos = well-connected.
    * con buenos modales = politely.
    * con bultos = lumpiness.
    * con burbujas = carbonated.
    * con cable = corded.
    * con cafeina = caffeinated.
    * con cajero = cashiered.
    * con calefacción = heated.
    * con calefacción central = centrally heated.
    * con calma = calmly, leisurely, tranquilly.
    * con capucha = hooded.
    * con cara de cansado = bleary-eyed.
    * con cara de sueño = bleary-eyed.
    * con cargo a = to be debited to, to be charged to.
    * con cargo de conciencia = remorseful.
    * con cariño = fondly, affectionately.
    * con carne = meaty [meatier -comp., meatiest -sup.].
    * con cautela = cautiously, warily, with a grain of salt.
    * con certeza = for sure, with assurance, for certain.
    * con chasis fabricado por separado del bastidor = coachbuilt [coach-built].
    * con cierta comodidad = with some ease.
    * con cierta facilidad = with some ease.
    * con cierta formación = educated.
    * con cierta frecuencia = not uncommonly.
    * con cierto detalle = at some length.
    * con cierto gasto = at some expense.
    * con cinismo = cynically.
    * con cintura de avispa = wasp-waisted.
    * con claustros = cloistered.
    * con clavos = hobnailed.
    * con cobro = fee-based.
    * con codicia = rapaciously.
    * con cola = caudate.
    * con cola espesa = bushy-tailed.
    * con cola tupida = bushy-tailed.
    * con cólicos = colicky newborn.
    * con columnas corintias = Corinthian-columned.
    * con comodidad = with ease, easily.
    * con comprensión = sympathetically.
    * con compromisos = strings attached.
    * con condiciones especiales = strings attached.
    * con confianza = confidently, with confidence, trustingly, trustfully.
    * con confianza en uno mismo = self-confident.
    * con conocimiento = authoritatively.
    * con conocimiento básico en el manejo de la información = information literate [information-literate].
    * con conocimiento básico en el uso de la biblioteca = library literate [library-literate].
    * con conocimiento de = appreciative of, conversant with.
    * con conocimiento de causa = knowingly.
    * con conocimiento de informática = computer literate [computer-literate].
    * con conocimiento en el uso de Internet = Internet-savvy.
    * con conocimientos en = versed in.
    * con conocimientos sobre el correo electrónico = e-mail literate.
    * con consecuencias fatales = fatally.
    * con consentimiento = willing.
    * con contenido enriquecido = content-enriched.
    * con control atmosférico = atmospherically-controlled.
    * con copyright = copyright-protected.
    * con corazón de piedra = stony-hearted.
    * con corrientes de aire = draughty [drafty, -USA].
    * con cortesía = courteously.
    * con costras = caked.
    * con creces = amply, far + Verbo.
    * con créditos = credit-carrying.
    * con criterio = discerning.
    * con cualidades humanas = anthropomorphic.
    * con cuanta creatividad = how creatively.
    * con cuernos = horned.
    * con cuidado = gently, carefully.
    * con cúpula = domed.
    * con datos no pertinentes = dirty [dirtier -comp., dirtiest -sup.].
    * con decisión = decisively.
    * con dedos pegajosos = sticky-fingered.
    * con deferencia = dutifully.
    * con deleite = with gusto.
    * con delicadeza = delicately, gently.
    * con demasiada facilidad = all too easily.
    * con demasiada frecuencia = all too often, all too frequently, too often.
    * con demasiadas expectativas = over expectant.
    * con demasiados miramientos = mealy-mouthed.
    * con demasiado trabajo = overworked.
    * con demasidad facilidad = all too easy.
    * con derecho a voto = eligible to vote.
    * con derecho de autor = copyright-protected.
    * con derechos de autor = copyrightable, royalty-paid.
    * con desaliento = despondently, dispiritedly, hopelessly.
    * con desánimo = dejectedly, despondently.
    * con desaprobación = disapproving, disapprovingly.
    * con descaro = impudently.
    * con desconfianza = suspiciously.
    * con descuento = at a discount, discounted, cut-price, cut-rate.
    * con desenfado = lightheartedly.
    * con desesperación = dispiritedly, hopelessly.
    * con desfachatez = impudently.
    * con desgana = listlessly, reluctantly, unwillingly.
    * con destino a = to.
    * con destreza = nimbly, adeptly, with ease.
    * con detalle = at a detailed level, in detail.
    * con determinación = with purpose, single-mindedly, purposefully, steadfastly.
    * con dientes de conejo = bucktoothed.
    * con dientes de sierra = serrated.
    * con dientes salidos = bucktoothed.
    * con diferencia = by far.
    * con diferentes variaciones = in variation.
    * con dificultad = laboriously, with difficulty.
    * con dificultades = in difficulties.
    * con diligencia = sedulously, industriously, studiously.
    * con dinamismo = proactively [pro-actively], vivaciously.
    * con diplomacia = diplomatically.
    * con discapacidades físicas = physically challenged.
    * con disimulo = on the quiet, on the sly.
    * con doble acristalamiento = double-glazed.
    * con doble titulación = dually qualified.
    * con dos caras = double-faced.
    * con dos facetas = double-faced.
    * con dudas = uncertainly.
    * con dudosa reputación = disreputable.
    * con dureza = harshly.
    * con efecto desde + Fecha = with effect from + Fecha.
    * con eficacia = ably.
    * con eficiencia = ably.
    * con efusión = effusively.
    * con ejemplos = by example(s).
    * con él = therewith.
    * con el agua al cuello = in hot water.
    * con el agua hasta el cuello = in deep water.
    * con el alma en vilo = on tenterhooks.
    * con el ánimo de = in the spirit of.
    * con el ceño fruncido = with a frown.
    * con el conocimiento de que = on the understanding that.
    * con el corazón destrozado = broken-hearted.
    * con el corazón en la boca = on tenterhooks.
    * con el corazón en un puño = on tenterhooks.
    * con el corazón partido = broken-hearted.
    * con el corazón roto = broken-hearted.
    * con el correr del tiempo = over the years, in the process of time, with the passage of time.
    * con el culo al aire = out in the cold.
    * con el debido respeto = with due respect.
    * con el decursar del tiempo = with the passage of time, in the process of time.
    * con elegancia = elegantly, gracefully.
    * con el emblema = under the banner.
    * con el fin de = in order to.
    * con ello = in doing so, in the process, thereto.
    * con ellos = with them.
    * con el más sumo cuidado = with utmost care.
    * con el mayor cuidado = with utmost care.
    * con el mayor secreto = a veil of secrecy.
    * con el mismo = therewith.
    * con el mismo + Nombre + como el que... = as + Adverbio + as....
    * con el mismo planteamiento que = on the same lines as.
    * con el nacimiento de = at the dawn of.
    * con el nombre y dirección del remitente = self-addressed.
    * con el número = numbered.
    * con el objetivo de = with the purpose of, with a brief to, with the aim of, with a focus on.
    * con el objeto de = in the attempt to, in the drive to, in a drive to.
    * con el paso de = with the passing of.
    * con el paso de los años = with the passing of (the) years.
    * con el paso del tiempo = over the years, over time, with the passage of time, in due course, over a period of time, in the course of time, over the course of time, in the process of time, as time passed (by), as time passes (by), as time went by.
    * con el pie deformado = clubfooted.
    * con el pretexto de = under the guise of, under the flag of, in the guise of.
    * con el primer intento = at the first shot.
    * con el propósito de = with the purpose of, with the aim of, in the drive to, in a drive to.
    * con el propósito de superarse uno mismo = self-improvement-oriented.
    * con el rabo entre las piernas = with a flea in + Posesivo + ear.
    * con el sudor de + Posesivo + frente = by the sweat of + Posesivo + brow.
    * con el suelo de tierra = dirt-floored.
    * con el tiempo = in time, over the years, with time, with the passage of time, eventually, in due course, over a period of time, in due time, over time, in the process of time, as time passed (by), as time passes (by), as time goes by, as time went by, by and by.
    * con el título = entitled.
    * con el transcurrir del tiempo = with the passage of time, in the process of time, as time passed (by).
    * con el transcurso de = with the passing of.
    * con el transcurso de los años = over the years, with the passing of (the) years.
    * con el transcurso de los siglos = over the course of the centuries.
    * con el transcurso del tiempo = over time, with time, with age, in the course of time, over the course of time, as time passes (by), as time went by.
    * con el uso = in use, with use.
    * con encimera de mármol = marble-top.
    * con energía = powerfully.
    * con enfado = angrily.
    * con enfermedades mentales = mentally challenged.
    * con entusiasmo = eagerly, enthusiastically, rhapsodically, wholeheartedly [whole-heartedly].
    * con entusiasmo en los ojos = bright-eyed.
    * con errores = flawed.
    * con errores gramaticales = grammatically challenged, grammatically incorrect.
    * con escamas = flaky.
    * con ese fin = to that end.
    * con esmero = sedulously, studiously.
    * con eso = thereto, by this.
    * con esperanza = in hopeful expectation.
    * con espíritu deportivo = sportingly.
    * con este fin = to this end, to that effect.
    * con estilo = stylish.
    * con esto = by so doing, in so doing, in this, herewith, by doing so, by this, in doing so.
    * con estructura de acero = steel-framed.
    * con estructura de madera = timber-framed.
    * con estudios = schooled, educated.
    * con exactitud = precisely.
    * con excepción de = with the exception of, except for.
    * con éxito = successful, successfully, winningly.
    * con expectación = expectantly.
    * con experiencia = experienced.
    * con experiencia ampliamente demostrada = proven.
    * con experiencia profesional = professionally-qualified.
    * con exuberancia = lushly.
    * con facilidad = without difficulty, fluently, with ease, easily.
    * con fascinación = rhapsodically.
    * con fecha = dated, dated.
    * con fecha + Fecha = dated + Fecha.
    * con ferocidad = ferociously.
    * con figuras en movimiento = animated.
    * con filtros = filtered.
    * con financiación independiente = self-funded.
    * con financiación propia = self-funded.
    * con fines + Adjetivo = for + Nombre + purposes.
    * con fines lucrativos = profit-making, profit-orientated, profit-oriented, profit-generating.
    * con firma = signed.
    * con firmeza = assertively, resolutely, firmly, unshakably, staunchly.
    * con flexibilidad = flexibly.
    * con fluidez = fluent, fluently.
    * con forma de castillo = castellated.
    * con forma de estrella = star-shaped [star shaped].
    * con forma de pelo = hair-like.
    * con forma de pera = pear-shaped.
    * con forma de pirámide = trihedral, pyramidal-shaped.
    * con forma de tetraedro = trihedral.
    * con forma de U = U-shaped.
    * con forma piramidal = pyramidal-shaped.
    * con franqueza = frankly.
    * con frecuencia = frequently, often [oftener -comp., oftenest -sup.], oftentimes [often times], ofttimes [oft-times].
    * con frondosidad = lushly.
    * con fuertes aspiraciones profesionales = upward-mobile.
    * con fuerza = forcefully, vigourously [vigorously, -USA], powerfully.
    * con funda = jacketed.
    * con fundamentos = informed.
    * con fundamentos sólidos = well-considered.
    * con furia = with a vengeance, furiously.
    * con futuro = up-and-coming.
    * con gafas = bespectacled.
    * con ganas = with gusto.
    * con ganas de pelear = on the warpath.
    * con garantías de calidad = quality assured.
    * con gas = carbonated.
    * con generosidad = generously, unstintingly.
    * con goteras = leaking, leaky [leakier -comp., leakiest -sup].
    * con gracia = wittily, funnily.
    * con gran capacidad = capacious.
    * con gran colorido = brightly coloured.
    * con gran densidad de población = densely populated.
    * con gran dificultad = with great difficulty.
    * con grandilocuencia = grandly.
    * con gran esplendor = grandly.
    * con gran iluminación = brightly illuminated.
    * con gran motivación = highly-motivated.
    * con gran sentimiento = earnestly.
    * con gratitud = gratefully.
    * con gravedad = grimly.
    * con guión = hyphenated.
    * con gusto = happily, satisfyingly, stylish, willingly.
    * con habilidad = adeptly.
    * con hambre de poder = power-hungry.
    * con hastial = gabled.
    * con heridas superficiales = superficially wounded.
    * con honestidad = honestly.
    * con humildad = humbly.
    * con humor = humorously.
    * con ilusión = eagerly.
    * con imágenes en movimiento = animated.
    * con imaginación = imaginatively.
    * con impaciencia = with bated breath.
    * con impasibilidad = impassively.
    * con impunidad = with impunity.
    * con incredulidad = incredulously.
    * con independencia de = in spite of, despite, although, despite the fact that, in spite of the fact that.
    * con indiferencia = indifferently, casually.
    * con indignación = disgustedly, indignantly.
    * con indulgencia = leniently.
    * con información = information-bearing.
    * con iniciativa = proactively [pro-actively], proactive [pro-active], enterprising.
    * con inocencia = innocently.
    * con insistencia = insistently.
    * con insolencia = impudently.
    * con intencionalidad = calculated.
    * con intenciones ocultas = agenda-laden.
    * con intereses ocultos = agenda-laden.
    * con intereses propios = self-interested.
    * con interrupciones = discontinuous, episodic.
    * con intervención directa = obtrusive.
    * con ira = angrily.
    * con júbilo = joyously, gleefully.
    * con juicio de valor = value-loaded.
    * con la anchura de los hombros = shoulder-width.
    * con la ayuda de = under the guidance of.
    * con la cabeza en las nubes = ditzy [ditzier -comp., ditziest -sup.], ditsy [ditsier -comp., ditsiest -sup.].
    * con la conciencia limpia = with a clear conscience.
    * con la conciencia tranquila = with a clear conscience.
    * con la condición de que = on the understanding that, with the condition that, on the condition that.
    * con la convicción de que = in the belief that/of, on the assumption that.
    * con la debida consideración = with due consideration.
    * con la debida cualificación = properly qualified.
    * con la edad = with age.
    * con la espalda contra la pared = up against the wall.
    * con la esperanza de = in hope(s) of, with the hope(s) of.
    * con la esperanza de que = in the hope(s) that, in hope(s) that.
    * con la excusa de = in the name of, under the mantle of, under the flag of, under the guise of, in the guise of.
    * con la expectativa de que = in hopeful expectation that.
    * con la extensión de un libro = book-length.
    * con la falda típica escocesa = kilted.
    * con la formación adecuada = adequately-trained.
    * con la frente en alto = stand + tall.
    * con lagañas en los ojos = bleary [blearier -comp., bleariest -sup.].
    * con la imaginación = in imagination.
    * con la intención de = designing, with an eye toward(s), intending to, aimed at, purposefully, intended to, in the drive to, in a drive to.
    * con la intención de comunicar hechos = fact-communicating.
    * con la llegada de = with the advent of, with the arrival of.
    * con la mejor voluntad del mundo = in good faith.
    * con la mente despejada = clear-headed.
    * con la mirada en = with an eye toward(s).
    * con la mirada en blanco = blankly.
    * con la mirada perdida = stare into + space, gaze into + space.
    * con la mirada puesta en = with an eye on, in + Posesivo + sights.
    * con la misma altura que = the full height of.
    * con la portada hacia fuera = face-out.
    * con la punta de los pies mirando hacia dentro = pigeon-toed.
    * con la sabiduría que da la experiencia = with the benefit of hindsight.
    * con las características similares a las de texto = text-like.
    * con lascivia = lustily.
    * con las dimensiones de una pared = wall-sized.
    * con las dos manos = two handed [two-handed].
    * con las espalda contra la pared = with + Posesivo + back against the wall.
    * con las esquinas dobladas = dog-eared.
    * con las garras fuera = knives-out.
    * con las manos muy largas = light-fingered.
    * con las manos vacías = empty-handed.
    * con las mejores intenciones = best-intentioned.
    * con la soga al cuello = in dire straits.
    * con las orejas gachas = with a flea in + Posesivo + ear, depressed.
    * con las rodillas mirando hacia dentro y los talones hacia fuera = knock-kneed.
    * con (la) suficiente antelación = in good time, early enough, well in advance.
    * con las uñas fuera = knives-out.
    * con lazos muy estrechos = close-knit.
    * con legañas en los ojos = bleary [blearier -comp., bleariest -sup.].
    * con licencia para vender bebidas alcohólicas = licensed, licensed.
    * con limitación temporal = time-oriented.
    * con límites impuestos por uno mismo = self-limiting.
    * con llave = locked, locking.
    * con lo cual = whereupon.
    * con lo pies sobre la tierra = down-to-earth.
    * con los nervios a flor de piel = edgy [edgier -comp., edgiest -sup.], nervy [nervier -comp., nerviest -sup.], on edge, highly-strung.
    * con los nervios de punta = edgy [edgier -comp., edgiest -sup.], nervy [nervier -comp., nerviest -sup.], on edge.
    * con los ojos empañados = misty-eyed.
    * con los ojos hinchados = bleary-eyed.
    * con los ojos llorosos = misty-eyed, bleary [blearier -comp., bleariest -sup.].
    * con los ojos nublados = misty-eyed.
    * con los ojos vendados = blindfold, blindfolded.
    * con los últimos avances = state-of-the-art, leading edge.
    * con lujuria = lustily.
    * con machetes = machete-wielding.
    * con madurez = maturely.
    * con magnanimidad = magnanimously.
    * con mala fama = disreputable.
    * con mala reputación = disreputable.
    * con maldad = ill-naturedly.
    * con malhumor = moodily.
    * con maña = skilfully [skillfully, -USA], skilful [skillful, -USA].
    * con marca = branded.
    * con más antigüedad = longest-serving.
    * con más detalle = in most detail, in more detail.
    * con más frecuencia = most frequently.
    * con más intensidad aun = with a vengeance.
    * con más razón aún = a fortiori.
    * con más vigor aun = with a vengeance.
    * con más virulencia aun = with a vengeance.
    * con más vitalidad = revitalised [revitalized, -USA].
    * con mayor detalle = in greater detail.
    * con mayor profundidad = in most detail, in more detail.
    * con meandros = meandering.
    * con mechones = streaky [streaker -comp., streakiest -sup.].
    * con medios insuficientes = on a shoestring (budget).
    * con medios muy escasos = on a shoestring (budget).
    * con medios muy exiguos = on a shoestring (budget).
    * con mejoras = stepped-up.
    * con melancolía = wistfully.
    * con miedo = fearfully, afraid, frightened.
    * con millones de ventas = megaselling.
    * con miras a (+ Infinitivo) = with a view to (+ Gerundio).
    * con miras al futuro = forward-looking.
    * con moderación = sparingly, in moderation.
    * con motivo de = on the occasion of.
    * con mucha ceremonia = ceremoniously.
    * con mucha cohesión = tightly knit, closely knit, tight-knit.
    * con mucha diferencia = by far.
    * con mucha energía = high energy.
    * con mucha frecuencia = very often.
    * con mucha información = populated.
    * con mucha labia = glibly, smooth-tongued, smooth-talking.
    * con mucha palabrería = glibly.
    * con mucha población = heavily populated.
    * con mucha pompa = ceremoniously.
    * con mucha prisa = without a minute to spare.
    * con muchas actividades = event-filled.
    * con muchas deudas = heavily indebted.
    * con muchas ilustraciones = copiously illustrated.
    * con muchas imágenes = image intensive.
    * con muchas prestaciones = feature-filled, multifacility.
    * con mucha vitalidad = lively [livelier -comp., liveliest -sup.].
    * con mucho = very much, far + Verbo, grossly, overwhelmingly, by far, by a long shot, by a long way, hands down.
    * con mucho ánimo = spiritedly.
    * con mucho bombo = ceremoniously.
    * con mucho contenido = information packed [information-packed].
    * con mucho esfuerzo = painfully.
    * con mucho éxito = with a wide appeal.
    * con mucho protocolo = ceremoniously.
    * con mucho público = well attended [well-attended].
    * con muchos acontecimientos = event-filled.
    * con muchos detalles = elaborately.
    * con muchos eventos = event-filled.
    * con muchos huesos y poca carne = bony [bonier -comp., boniest -sup.].
    * con muchos lectores = with a wide appeal.
    * con muchos miramientos = ceremoniously.
    * con mucho trabajo = painfully.
    * con muy poca antelación = at (a) very short notice.
    * con muy poca anticipación = at (a) very short notice.
    * con muy poca frecuencia = all too seldom, all too seldom.
    * con muy pocas excepciones = with few exceptions, with a few exceptions.
    * con muy pocos medios = on a shoestring (budget).
    * con naturalidad = unselfconsciously.
    * con nervios = rib.
    * con niebla = foggy [foggier -comp., foggiest -sup.].
    * con nosotros = with us.
    * con nostalgia = wistfully.
    * con notas a pie de página = footnoted.
    * con + Número + año(s) de antelación = Número + year(s) ahead.
    * con objetivos específicos = goal-oriented.
    * con objeto de = in order to, in an attempt to, in an effort to, aimed at, with the purpose of, in a bid to, with the aim of.
    * con objeto de hacer = toward(s).
    * con objeto de (+ Infinitivo) = with a view to (+ Gerundio).
    * con objeto de + Verbo = for the purpose of + Nombre.
    * con ocasión de = on the occasion of.
    * con ojos azules = blue-eyed.
    * con ojos brillantes = bright-eyed.
    * con ojos de lince = eagle-eyed, sharp-eyed.
    * con ojos vivarachos = bright-eyed.
    * con olor a ajo = garlicky.
    * con olor a cerrado = musty [mustier -comp., mustiest -sup.], mousy [mousier -comp., mousiest -sup.].
    * con olor a fruta = fruity [fruitier -comp., fruitiest -sup.].
    * con olor a humedad = musty [mustier -comp., mustiest -sup.], mousy [mousier -comp., mousiest -sup.].
    * con olor a orina = urinous.
    * con olor a polvo = dust smelling.
    * con orgullo = proudly.
    * con otra copa de lo mismo se te cura la resaca = a hair of the dog that bit you.
    * con paciencia = patiently.
    * con pagos pendientes = be in arrears.
    * con papel de calco intercalado = carbon interleaved paper.
    * con participación del público mediante llamada telefónica = phone-in.
    * con pasión = with passion, passionately.
    * con patas = legged.
    * con peligro de muerte = life threatening.
    * con pelo cano = gray-haired, grey-haired.
    * con pelos y señales = blow-by-blow.
    * con pequeños matices = nuanced.
    * con pereza = lazily.
    * con perplejidad = quizzically, perplexedly.
    * con perspicacia = perceptively.
    * con pesar = with regret.
    * con pesimismo = pessimistically, gloomily.
    * con picardía = slyly, wickedly.
    * con pie firme = sure-footed.
    * con piernas = legged.
    * con pinzas = with a grain of salt, clamp-on.
    * con planes ocultos = agenda-laden.
    * con pleno derecho = with full rights.
    * con pliegues = pleated.
    * con poca claridad = indistinctly.
    * con poca exactitud = loosely.
    * con poca experiencia = inexperienced.
    * con poca iluminación = dimly illuminated.
    * con poca imaginación = unimaginatively.
    * con poca luz = badly-lit.
    * con poca naturalidad = stiltedly.
    * con poca población = thinly populated.
    * con pocas habilidades = poor-ability.
    * con poca visión de futuro = short-sighted [shortsighted].
    * con poco conocimiento de las nuevas tecnologías = technologically challenged.
    * con poco dinero = on the cheap.
    * con poco entusiasmo = half-heartedly.
    * con pocos recursos = under-resourced.
    * con pocos recursos económicos = low-budget.
    * con poder = powerful.
    * con + Posesivo + ayuda = under + Posesivo + guidance.
    * con posibilidades comerciales = commercially viable.
    * con posterioridad a = subsequent to.
    * con posterioridad a la contratación = post-employment [postemployment].
    * con precipitación = rashly.
    * con precisión = precisely.
    * con preferencia = preferably.
    * con preferencia sobre = in preference to.
    * con prejuicios = prejudicial.
    * con prepotencia = superciliously, haughtily.
    * con pretensiones de superioridad moral = self-righteous.
    * con principios = principled.
    * con prisa = in a rush, in a hurry.
    * con problemas = in hot water.
    * con problemas de aprendizaje = learning disabled.
    * con problemas de lectura = print disabled.
    * con problemas de vista = vision impaired.
    * con problemas visuales = vision impaired.
    * con profusión = in profusion.
    * con prontitud = expeditiously, promptly.
    * con provecho = with profit.
    * con púas = spiny [spinier -comp., spiniest -sup.].
    * con rabo = caudate.
    * con ráfagas de viento = blustery.
    * con rapacidad = rapaciously.
    * con rapidez = promptly.
    * con razón = rightly, quite rightly, understandably, rightfully.
    * con rebeldía = defiantly.
    * con referencia = re.
    * con referencia a = in relation to, in connection with, regarding.
    * con referencias espaciales = spatially referenced.
    * con regocijo = gleefully.
    * con regularidad = regularly.
    * con relación a = as regards, re, in relation to, in connection with, regarding, concerning.
    * con rencor = spitefully.
    * con reproche = reprovingly, reproachfully.
    * con repugnancia = disgustedly.
    * con resentimiento = resentfully, spitefully.
    * con reserva = doubtfully.
    * con reservas = qualified, with reservations.
    * con resignación = resignedly, uncomplainingly.
    * con resolución = resolutely.
    * con respecto a = concerning, in regard to, regarding, regarding, vis à vis, with regard(s) to, with respect to, within, as to, in extent of, in terms of, in the way of, as for, as regards, in relation to, in comparison with, in comparison to, as to the matter of, in reference to, now as to.
    * con respecto a si... o... = as to whether... or....
    * con respeto = respectfully.
    * con responsabilidad = responsibly.
    * con retraso mental = mentally retarded.
    * con rigor = rigourously [rigorously, -USA], harshly.
    * con ruedas = wheeled.
    * con rumbo a = bound for.
    * con sabiduría = sagely.
    * con sabor = flavoured [flavored, -USA].
    * con sabor a ajo = garlicky.
    * con sabor a fruta = fruity [fruitier -comp., fruitiest -sup.].
    * con sabor artificial = artificially flavoured.
    * con sagacidad = shrewdly.
    * con saldo = prepaid [pre-paid].
    * con salida al mercado = due out.
    * con sarcasmo = sardonically, pungently.
    * con satisfacción = contentedly.
    * con sed = thirsty [thirstier -comp., thirstiest -sup.].
    * con sed de poder = power-hungry.
    * con sede en = headquartered (at/in), based in.
    * con sede en Amér

    * * *
    A
    1 (expresando relaciones de compañía, comunicación, reciprocidad) with
    vive con el or su novio she lives with her boyfriend
    ¿quieres que hable con él? do you want me to talk to him?
    está casada con un primo mío she's married to a cousin of mine
    2
    (indicando el objeto de un comportamiento, una actitud): te portaste muy mal con ellos you behaved very badly toward(s) them
    he tenido mucha paciencia contigo I have been very patient with you
    3 ( fam)
    (yo y): eso es lo que estábamos diciendo con Lucía that's what Lucía and I were saying
    se sirve con arroz serve with rice
    para mí con leche y sin azúcar, por favor milk and no sugar for me, please
    pan con mantequilla bread and butter
    5 ( Mat):
    2,5 read as: dos con cinco 2.5 (léase: two point five)
    B
    1
    (indicando una relación de simultaneidad): una cápsula con cada comida one capsule with each meal
    se levanta con el alba he gets up at the crack of dawn
    2
    (indicando una relación de causa): ¿cómo vamos a ir con esta lluvia? how can we go in this rain o while it's raining like this?
    me desperté con el ruido the noise woke me
    con todo lo que pasó me olvidé de llamarte what with everything that happened I forgot to ring you
    ella se lo ofreció, con lo que or con lo cual me puso a mí en un aprieto she offered to do it for me, which put me in an awkward position
    3
    (a pesar de): ¿no lo vas a llevar, con lo que le gusta el circo? aren't you going to take him? you know how much he likes the circus
    ¿cómo te olvidaste? ¡con las veces que te lo dije! how could you forget? the (number of) times I told you!
    con ser tan tarde or lo tarde que es, no estoy cansada it's very late and yet I'm not at all tired, I'm not at all tired, even though it's so late
    con todo (y con eso) me parece que es bueno even so o in spite of all that o all the same o nonetheless I think he's good
    C (indicando el instrumento, medio, material) with
    córtalo con la tijera cut it with the scissors, use the scissors to cut it
    agárralo con las dos manos hold it with both hands
    lo estás malcriando con tanto mimo you're spoiling him with all this pampering o by pampering him so much
    con estos retazos se puede hacer una colcha you can make a quilt out of these bits of material
    ¡caray con la niña! y parecía tan modosita well fancy that! o well would you believe it! and she seemed so demure
    con + INF:
    con llorar no se arregla nada crying won't solve anything
    no hay necesidad de escribir, con llamarlo ya cumples there's no need to write; as long as o if you call him, that should do
    ¡con decirte que un café cuesta el triple que aquí! I mean, to give you an example, a cup of coffee costs three times what it costs here
    con que + SUBJ:
    me contento con que apruebes as long as you pass I'll be happy
    con tal de/con tal (de) que provided (that), as long as, so long as ( colloq)
    no importa cómo lo hagas con tal (de) que lo hagas it doesn't matter how you do it, just as long as you do it
    con tal (de) que me lo devuelvas antes de marzo as long as o provided I get it back by March
    es capaz de cualquier cosa con tal de llamar la atención he'll do anything to attract attention
    D
    andaba con dificultad/cuidado she was walking with difficulty/with care o carefully
    ¡con mucho gusto! with pleasure!
    2
    (al describir características, un estado): amaneció con fiebre he had a temperature when he woke up, he woke up with a temperature
    ya estaba con dolores de parto she was already having labor pains
    andaba con ganas de bronca he was looking o spoiling for a fight
    con las manos en los bolsillos with his hands in his pockets
    ¿vas a ir con ese vestido? are you going in that dress?
    me gusta más con el pelo suelto I like her better with her hair down
    una niña con ojos azules a girl with blue eyes, a blue-eyed girl
    una mujer con aspecto de extranjera a foreign-looking woman
    un monstruo con un solo ojo a one-eyed monster
    una casa con piscina a house with a swimming pool
    E
    ( AmL) (indicando el agente, destinatario): me peino con Gerardo Gerardo does my hair
    me lo mandé hacer con un sastre I had it made by a tailor
    se estuvo quejando conmigo she was complaining to me
    * * *

     

    con preposición


    ¡con mucho gusto! with pleasure!;
    córtalo con la tijera cut it with the scissor;
    amaneció con fiebre he woke up with a temperature;
    hablar con algn to talk to sb;
    está casada con mi primo she's married to my cousin;
    portarse mal con algn to behave badly toward(s) sb;
    tener paciencia con algn to be patient with sb;
    pan con mantequilla bread and butter;
    ¿vas a ir con ese vestido? are you going in that dress?

    ◊ ¿cómo vamos a ir con esta lluvia? how can we go in this rain?;

    ella se lo ofreció, con lo que or lo cual me puso a mí en un aprieto she offered it to him, which put me in an awkward position;
    con lo tarde que es, ya se debe haber ido it's really late, he should have gone by now
    c) con + inf:


    con llamarlo por teléfono ya cumples as long as you call him, that should do;
    me contento con que apruebes as long as you pass I'll be happy;
    See Also→ tal adverbio 2
    d) (AmL) (indicando el agente, destinatario):


    se estuvo quejando conmigo she was complaining to me
    con preposición
    1 (instrumento) with
    córtalo con un cuchillo, cut it with a knife
    1 (modo) with: hazlo con cuidado, do it carefully
    me trató con frialdad, he treated me with coldness
    2 (compañía) with: está paseando con mi madre, she is taking a walk with my mother
    3 (causa) con este frío no apetece salir, I don't feel like going out in this cold
    4 (estado) está con una depresión de caballo, he's deeply depressed
    iba con los labios pintados, she has put some lipstick on
    5 (contenido) with
    una caja con fotografías, a box (full) of photos
    6 (relación) to: está casada con un inglés, she is married to an Englishman
    habló con Alberto, he spoke to Alberto
    se disculpó con ella, he apologized to her
    7 (con infinitivo) con avisar les evitas el disgusto, just by phoning you'll save them any worry
    (+ que + subjuntivo) basta con que lo digas, it will be enough if you just say it
    ♦ Locuciones: con tal (de) que..., provided that...
    con todo (y con eso), even so
    ' con' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    abarcar
    - abastecimiento
    - abatirse
    - ablandar
    - abochornar
    - abordar
    - abrazar
    - abrefácil
    - abrumar
    - acabar
    - acanallar
    - acaso
    - acero
    - acertar
    - achicharrarse
    - acierto
    - aclararse
    - acoger
    - acosar
    - acostarse
    - acreditada
    - acreditado
    - acuerdo
    - acusarse
    - adelante
    - adueñarse
    - afortunada
    - afortunado
    - afrontar
    - agarrar
    - agenciarse
    - agraciada
    - agraciado
    - agreste
    - agua
    - ahínco
    - ahumar
    - ahumada
    - ahumado
    - airosa
    - airoso
    - alhaja
    - alinearse
    - alma
    - almohada
    - alternar
    - alzarse
    - amanecer
    - amiguete
    - amilanarse
    English:
    abide
    - above
    - abruptly
    - abstract
    - accordance
    - accurately
    - accustom
    - aching
    - act
    - admit
    - advance
    - advice
    - advise
    - afraid
    - Afro
    - ageing
    - aggregate
    - aggressively
    - ago
    - agree
    - agreement
    - ahead
    - aim
    - ale
    - alive
    - all
    - allow for
    - allowance
    - ally
    - alone
    - along
    - aloud
    - amenable
    - amenities
    - Americana
    - amusement
    - and
    - angel food cake
    - angling
    - angrily
    - angry
    - annoy
    - antics
    - apologize
    - appointment
    - approach
    - approachable
    - arbitration
    - archery
    - argument
    * * *
    con prep
    1. [indica modo, manera o instrumento] with;
    se cortó con un cuchillo she cut herself with a knife;
    chocó con una farola he bumped into a lamppost;
    vino con un taxi she came by taxi;
    voy cómodo con estas botas/este jersey I'm comfortable in these boots/this sweater;
    iré a la boda con un traje negro I'm going to the wedding in a black suit;
    un joven con muy buenos modales a very polite young man;
    andar con la cabeza alta to walk with one's head held high;
    ir con prisa to be in a hurry;
    actuar con timidez to behave timidly;
    llover con fuerza to rain hard;
    lo ha conseguido con su esfuerzo he has achieved it through his own efforts;
    se lo puedes decir con toda confianza you needn't worry about telling her;
    trátalo con mucho cariño treat him with a lot of affection o very affectionately;
    lo haré con mucho gusto it will be a pleasure for me to do it, I'll be delighted to do it;
    con arreglo a la ley in accordance with the law
    2. [indica compañía, relación o colaboración] with;
    vive con sus padres she lives with her parents;
    se escribe con gente de varios países he corresponds with people from a number of different countries;
    ¿con quién vas? who are you going with?;
    está muy enfadado con su madre he's very angry with his mother;
    está casada con mi hermano she's married to my brother;
    estoy de acuerdo con ellos I agree with them;
    habló con todos he spoke to everybody;
    un acuerdo de colaboración con el Caribe a cooperation agreement with the Caribbean
    3. [indica contenido o cualidad]
    una persona con carácter a person of character;
    un hombre con bigote a man with a moustache;
    una bolsa con patatas a bag of potatoes;
    una cartera con varios documentos a briefcase containing several documents
    4. [indica unión o adición]
    un helado con nueces an ice cream with nuts;
    un pastel con nata a cream cake;
    el mío con leche, por favor I'd like milk in mine, please, I'd like mine white, please;
    el total con el IVA alcanza un millón the total is a million including Br VAT o US (sales) tax;
    tiene cuarenta con dos décimas de fiebre her temperature is 40.2 degrees
    5. [indica estado o situación]
    con buena salud in good health;
    está en cama con gripe she's in bed with flu;
    está con un enfado tremendo he's really angry;
    el niño está con ganas de ir al baño the child wants to go to the Br toilet o US bathroom;
    corría con ellos pisándome los talones I ran with them hot o hard on my heels
    6. [indica causa]
    el hielo se derrite con el calor ice melts when heated;
    me desperté con la música del vecino I was woken up by our neighbour playing music;
    con este tiempo no se puede ir de excursión we can't go out on a trip in this weather;
    con el tiempo lo olvidé in time I forgot it;
    con todo el trabajo que hemos tenido hoy, se me ha olvidado llamarle with all the work we've had today, I've forgotten to call her;
    se entristeció con las noticias she was sad when she heard the news;
    cómprales el libro, ¡con lo que les gusta leer! buy them the book, they like reading so much they'll be delighted!
    7. [hacia]
    para con towards;
    es amable para con todos she is friendly towards o with everyone
    8. (+ infinitivo) [para introducir una condición] by;
    con hacerlo así by doing it this way;
    con llamar ya quedarás bien you'll make a good impression just by phoning;
    con llorar no consigues nada it's no good crying, crying won't get you anywhere;
    con no decírselo a nadie, el secreto está garantizado if we don't tell anyone, secrecy will be guaranteed;
    con salir a las diez es suficiente if we leave at ten, we'll have plenty of time
    9. [a condición de que]
    con que, con tal de que as long as;
    con que llegue a tiempo me conformo I don't mind as long as he arrives on time;
    te dejo el gato con tal de que le des de comer I'll let you look after the cat as long as you feed it
    10. [a pesar de] in spite of;
    con todo despite everything;
    con todo lo raro que es, me encantan sus películas he may be weird, but I love his films, for all his weirdness, I love his films;
    con lo que hemos caminado hoy, y no estoy cansado despite the fact that we've walked so far today, I'm still not tired
    11. [para expresar queja o decepción]
    mira que perder, ¡con lo bien que jugaste! you were unlucky to lose, you played really well!;
    con lo agradable que es, y casi no tiene amigos considering how nice he is, he has surprisingly few friends
    12. Am [donde]
    fue a quejarse con su madre he complained to his mother;
    se hace los zapatos con Ardaches she has her shoes made at Ardaches;
    los domingos comen con su padre on Sundays they eat at her father's
    13. Méx [tras] after;
    ha trabajado día con día she's worked day after day o day in day out
    * * *
    prp
    1 with;
    voy con ellos I’m going with them;
    pan con mantequilla bread and butter;
    2
    :
    con todo eso in spite of all that;
    con tal de que provided that, as long as;
    con hacer eso by doing that;
    para con alguien to s.o., toward s.o.;
    con este calor in this heat;
    ¡con lo que he hecho por él! after all I’ve done for him!
    3
    :
    ser amable con alguien be kind to s.o.
    * * *
    con prep
    1) : with
    vengo con mi padre: I'm going with my father
    ¡con quién hablas?: who are you speaking to?
    2) : in spite of
    con todo: in spite of it all
    3) : to, towards
    ella es amable con los niños: she is kind to the children
    4) : by
    con llegar temprano: by arriving early
    5)
    con (tal) que : as long as, so long as
    * * *
    con prep
    1. (instrumento, compañía) with
    una bolsa con dinero a bag of money / a bag containing money
    con decir que no te interesa, será suficiente all you need to do is say you're not interested
    con lo + adjetivo but / yet
    con lo caro que ha costado y no funciona bien it was very expensive, but it doesn't work

    Spanish-English dictionary > con

  • 18 derive

    dɪˈraɪv гл.
    1) получать, извлекать( from) She derives great pleasure from her grandchildren. ≈ Ее внуки доставляют ей массу удовольствия. His income is derived from several different businesses. ≈ Сразу несколько дел приносят ему доход. Syn: draw
    2., get
    1., gain
    2., obtain
    2) выводить (путем умозаключений и т. п.) The higher truths of philosophy and religion are derived from experience. ≈ Высшая правда философии и религии выводится из опыта. Syn: deduce, gather, infer
    3) а) устанавливать происхождение, возводить( к чему-л.) These men derive all religion from myths. ≈ Эти люди устанавливают происхождение всех религий из мифов. б) происходить From this O.F. 'dars' is also derived the Breton 'darz'. ≈ Из старофранцузского 'dars' происходит также бретонское 'darz'. Syn: come from, spring from
    4) электр. ответвлять, шунтовать
    5) хим. извлекать путем частичного замещения получать, извлекать - to * benefit from smth. извлекать пользу из чего-л. - to * pleasure from singing получать удовольствие от пения - to * one's income from a farm жить на доходы от фермы устанавливать, прослеживать происхождение - *d from Latin латинского происхождения происходить, вести свое происхождение вытекать, быть следствием - consequences that * from a principle следствия, вытекающие из принципа наследовать - to * one's character from one's father унаследовать характер отца получать, заимствовать - the moon *s its light from the sun луна получает свет от солнца выводить, получать - to * one's knowledge from books получать знания из книг (математика) брать производную;
    выводить (формулу и т. п.) (химическое) получать путем замещения (электротехника) ответвлять, шунтовать производить (слово и т. п.) derive заимствовать ~ наследовать;
    he derives his character from his father он унаследовал характер отца ~ наследовать ~ эл. ответвлять, шунтовать ~ отводить( воду) ~ получать, извлекать;
    to derive an income извлекать доходы;
    to derive pleasure получать удовольствие (from - от) ~ получать ~ происходить;
    the word "evolution" is derived from Latin слово "эволюция" латинского происхождения ~ устанавливать ~ устанавливать происхождение;
    производить (от чего-л.), выводить;
    to derive religion from myths устанавливать происхождение религии от мифов ~ получать, извлекать;
    to derive an income извлекать доходы;
    to derive pleasure получать удовольствие (from - от) ~ получать, извлекать;
    to derive an income извлекать доходы;
    to derive pleasure получать удовольствие (from - от) ~ устанавливать происхождение;
    производить (от чего-л.), выводить;
    to derive religion from myths устанавливать происхождение религии от мифов ~ наследовать;
    he derives his character from his father он унаследовал характер отца ~ происходить;
    the word "evolution" is derived from Latin слово "эволюция" латинского происхождения

    Большой англо-русский и русско-английский словарь > derive

  • 19 dla

    praep. 1. (przeznaczony) for
    - dla kogoś for sb
    - pokój dla dzieci a room for children, a children’s room
    - krem do twarzy dla kobiet po czterdziestce a face cream for women over forty
    - książki dla dzieci books for children, children’s books
    - film dla dorosłych a film for adults, an adult film
    - zasiłki dla bezrobotnych unemployment benefits
    - zasiłki dla samotnych matek benefits for single mothers
    - pomoc dla powodzian aid for flood victims
    - kurs dla początkujących/zaawansowanych a beginners’/an advanced course
    - przedział dla palących/niepalących a smoking/non-smoking compartment
    - „dla panów/pań” (napis na drzwiach toalety) ‘ladies/gentlemen’
    - lekarstwo dla mojego ojca some medicine for my father
    - dla kogo są te kwiaty? who are these flowers for?
    - kupiła prezenty dla całej rodziny she bought presents for the whole family
    - przesyłam ukłony dla małżonki książk. please give my regards to your wife
    2. (w celu zapewnienia) for
    - dla czegoś for sth
    - dla pozoru for the sake of appearance
    - dla własnego dobra for one’s own good
    - zrobić coś dla efektu/wygody/zysku to do sth for effect/for the sake of convenience/for profit
    - grać na skrzypcach dla przyjemności to play the violin for (one’s own) pleasure
    - wyjść za mąż/ożenić się dla pieniędzy to marry for money
    - tupać nogami dla rozgrzewki to stamp one’s feet to get warm
    - wypić coś dla ochłody to drink sth to cool off
    - wystawa została zorganizowana dla uczczenia stulecia uczelni the exhibition was mounted for the university’s centenary celebrations
    - nosić broń dla własnego bezpieczeństwa to carry arms for one’s own safety
    - zażywać witamin dla wzmocnienia organizmu to take vitamins to strengthen one’s body
    3. (wobec, względem) for
    - podziw/szacunek dla kogoś admiration/respect for sb
    - sympatia/miłość dla kogoś liking/love for sb
    - poparcie dla partii/wniosku support a. backing for a party/motion
    - nie ma usprawiedliwienia dla takiego zachowania there’s no excuse for such behaviour
    - miły/uprzejmy dla kogoś nice/kind to sb
    - przyjemny dla oka/ucha pleasing to the eye/ear
    - przyjazny dla środowiska environment-friendly
    - szkodliwy dla środowiska/zdrowia harmful a. damaging to the environment/to health
    4. (jeśli chodzi o) for
    - dla kogoś/czegoś for sb/sth
    - podjazd dogodny dla inwalidów/wózków a ramp (convenient) for the handicapped/for prams
    - sytuacja korzystna/niekorzystna dla przedsiębiorstwa a favourable/an unfavourable situation for the company
    - tragiczna dla obrońców klęska a tragic defeat for the defenders
    - charakterystyczny dla kogoś/czegoś characteristic of sb/sth
    - to dla niego typowe it’s typical of him
    - z typowym a. charakterystycznym dla siebie optymizmem with (his/her) typical a. characteristic optimism
    - nie dla kogoś not for sb
    - nie dla mnie takie życie that’s no life for me
    - gotowanie – to nie dla mnie cooking is not for me a. not my kind of thing
    - to nie jest facet dla ciebie this is not the (right) guy for you
    - to nie jest praca dla ciebie this is not the/a job for you
    - obszar niedostępny dla turystów an area out of bounds GB a. off limits US to tourists
    - dźwięki niesłyszalne dla ludzkiego ucha sounds inaudible to the human ear
    - myśliwce niewykrywalne dla radaru fighters undetectable by radar
    5. (w opinii) for, to
    - dla kogoś for a. to sb
    - to był dla niej wielki szok it was a great shock to a. for her
    - dla mnie nie ma nic piękniejszego od tych wierszy to a. for me there’s nothing more beautiful than those poems
    - dla nich liczą się tylko pieniądze for a. with them, money is the only thing that counts
    - będzie to dla nich dowód, że mam rację this will show them a. prove to them that I’m right
    - (jak) dla mnie ten film był zbyt długi as far as I’m concerned a. for me, the film was too long
    6. (z powodu, dla dobra) for
    - dla kogoś/czegoś for sb/sth
    - porzuciła go dla jakiegoś cudzoziemca she dropped him for some foreigner
    - poświecić wszystko dla rodziny to sacrifice everything for (the sake of) one’s family
    - oddać życie dla ojczyzny to sacrifice one’s life for one’s country
    - stracić głowę dla kogoś to lose one’s head over sb
    7. [pracować] for (kogoś/czegoś sb/sth)
    - (ona) kręci filmy dla telewizji she makes films for television
    - (on) tłumaczy dla firmy prawniczej he does translations for a law firm
    8. książk. (przyczyna) for, because of
    - dla czegoś for a. because of sth
    - ryby hodowane dla smacznego mięsa fish bred for their tasty flesh
    - rośliny uprawiane dla jadalnych owoców plants grown for their edible fruit
    - na dziki polowano dla mięsa wild boar were hunted for their meat
    - dla ważnych powodów odłożył spotkanie important considerations caused him to postpone the meeting
    * * *
    prep
    (+gen) ( dla oznaczenia przeznaczenia) for; ( wobec) to, towards
    * * *
    prep.
    + Gen.
    1. for; dla mnie/ciebie/ich for me/you/them; dla niej czas się nie liczy for her, time doesn't count; dla frajdy/przyjemności/zysku for fun l. kicks/pleasure/gain; dla twojego l. twego dobra for your own good; dla wspólnego dobra for the common good; dla zasady on principle; kupić/zrobić coś dla kogoś buy/do sth for sb; mieć coś wyłącznie dla siebie keep sth to o.s.; ważny dla sprawy important for the cause.
    3. ( tłumaczone przez złożenie) klatka dla ptaków birdcage; kładka dla pieszych footbridge; przejście dla pieszych crosswalk; Br. pedestrian crossing.
    4. to; być grzecznym l. miłym dla kogoś be nice to sb; grzeczny/życzliwy dla (osób) starszych polite/kind to the elderly; szkodliwy dla zdrowia harmful to your health.
    5. (z rzeczownikiem odczasownikowym: tłumaczone bezokolicznikiem z „to”) dla zachowania pozorów to keep up the pretense, Br. to keep up the pretence; dla zatarcia śladów to cover one's tracks.
    7. ( w utartych zwrotach) dla chcącego nic trudnego where there's a will there's a way; dla każdego coś miłego (there's) something for everyone; nie dla psa kiełbasa! pog. it's too good for the likes of you!

    The New English-Polish, Polish-English Kościuszko foundation dictionary > dla

  • 20 लॄ _lॄ

    लॄ f. A mother, a divine female. -m. Śiva. -f. =
    लृ. cf. लॄर्महात्मा सुरो बालो भूपः स्तोमः कथानकः (वक्ता) । मूर्खो शिश्नो गुदः कक्षा केशः पापरतो नरः ॥ Enm. एकान्वयो मम Ś.7; मनस्येकं वचस्येकं कर्मण्येकं महात्मनाम् H.1.197.
    -4 Firm, unchanged; एको ग्रहस्तु Pt.1.26.
    -5 Single of its kind, unique, singular.
    -6 Chief, supreme, prominent, sole; ब्राह्मण्यास्तद्धरेत्पुत्र एकांशं वै पितुर्धनात् Mb.13.47.11. ˚पार्थिव, ˚धनुर्धरः, ˚ऐश्वर्य M.1.1 sole sovereignty; एको रागिषु राजते Bh.3.121.
    -7 Peerless, matchless.
    -8 One of two or many; Me.3. एकः सख्यास्तव सह मया वामपादाभिलाषी Me.8.
    -9 Oft. used like the English indefinite article 'a', or 'an'; ज्योतिरेकम् Ś.5.3.
    -1 True.
    -11 Little. Oft. used in the middle of comp. in the sense of 'only', with an adjectival or adverbial force; दोषैकदृक् looking only to faults; त्वदेकेषु Ku.3.15 your arrow only; so भोगैकबद्धस्पृहः. एकः-अन्यः, or अपरः the one- the other; अजामेकां लोहित... नमामः । अजो ह्येको... अजोन्यः Śvet. Up.4.5; it is used in the plural in the sense of some, its correlative being अन्ये or अपरे (others); एके समूहुर्बलरेणुसंहतिं शिरोभिराज्ञामपरे महीभृतः ॥ Śi.12.45; see अन्य, अपर also.
    -कः N. of Viṣṇu. the ऴSupreme Being or Prajāpati; एक इति च प्रजापतेरभिधानमिति । ŚB. on MS. 1.3.13.
    (-कम्) 1 The mind; एकं विनिन्ये स जुगोप सप्त सप्तैव तत्याज ररक्ष पञ्च Bu. Ch.2.41.
    -2 unity, a unit; Hch.
    -का N. of Durgā. [cf. Persian yak; L. aequus].
    -Comp. -अंशः a separate part, part in general. विष्टभ्याह- मिदं कृत्स्नमेकांशेन स्थितो जगत् Bg.1.42. एकांशश्च प्रधानतः Ms. 9.15.
    -अक्ष a.
    1 having only one axle. द्विचक्रमेकाक्षम् (रथम्) Bhāg.4.26.1.
    -2 having one eye.
    -3 having an excellent eye.
    (-क्षः) 1 a crow.
    -2 N. of Śiva.
    -अक्षर a. monosyllabic. ओमित्येकाक्षरं ब्रह्म Bg.8.13.
    (-रम्) 1 a monosyllable.
    -2 the sacred syllable; ओम्; एकाक्षरं परं ब्रह्म Ms.2.83.
    -3 The sole imperishable thing; एका- क्षरमभिसंभूय Av.5.28.8.
    -4 N. of an Upaniṣad. ˚कोशः a vocabulary of monosyllabic words by Puruṣottama- deva. ˚रीभावः the production of only one syllable, con- traction.
    -अग्नि a. Keeping only one fire; Āpastamba Dharma Sūtra 2.21.21. (
    -कः) One and the same fire.
    -अग्र a.
    1 fixed on one object or point only.
    -2 closely attentive, concentrated, intent; तद्गीतश्रवणैकाग्रा R.15.66; K.49; कच्चिदेतच्छ्रुतं पार्थ त्वयैकाग्रेण चेतसा Bg.18.72; मनुमे- काग्रमासीनम् Ms.1.1.
    -3 unperplexed.
    -4 known, cele- brated.
    -5 single-pointed. (
    -ग्रः) (in Math.) the whole of the long side of a figure which is subdivided. ˚चित्त, ˚मनस् a. with a concentrated mind, with un- divided attention. ˚चित्तम्, ˚चित्तता intentness of purpose, concentration of mind; तत्रैकाग्रं मनःकृत्वा Bg.6.12;18.72. °reeदृष्टि a. fixing one's eye on one spot.
    -अग्ऱ्य = ˚अग्र. (
    -ग्ऱ्यम्) concentration.
    -अङ्गः 1 a body-guard.
    -2 the planet Mercury or Mars.
    -3 N. of Viṣṇu. ˚वधः Mutilation of a limb; Kau. A.4.
    -4 Having a unique or beautiful shape.
    (-अङ्गम्) 1 a single member or part.
    -2 sandal wood.
    -3 the head. (
    -ङ्गौ) a married couple. (
    -ङ्गी) Incomplete; ˚रूपक incomplete, simile.
    -अञ्जलिः A handful.
    -अङ्गिका preparation made with sandal-wood.
    -अण्डः a kind of horse.
    -अधिपतिः a sole monarch or sovereign.
    -अनंशा the only (day) receiving no part of the moon, an epithet of Kuhū or day of new moon (born together with Kṛiṣṇa and worshipped with Kṛiṣ&na and Bala- deva and identified with Durgā).
    -अनुदिष्ट a.
    1 left as a funeral feast or one who has recently partaken in it. (
    -ष्टम्) a funeral ceremony performed for only one ancestor (recently dead); see एकोद्दिष्ट; यावदेकानुदिष्टस्य गन्धो लेपश्च तिष्ठति Ms.4.111.
    -अन्त a.
    1 solitary, retired.
    -2 aside, apart.
    -3 directed towards one point or object only.
    -4 excessive, great; ˚शैत्यात्- कदलीविशेषाः Ku.1.36.
    -5 worshipping only one; devoted to only one (एकनिष्ठ); एकान्तजनप्रियः Bhāg.8.24.31.
    -6 absolute, invariable, perpetual; स्वायत्तमेकान्तगुणम् Bh.2.7; कस्यैकान्तं सुखमुपगतम् Me.111.
    (-तः) 1 a lonely or retired place, solitude; तासामेकान्तविन्यस्ते शयानां शयने द्युमे Rām.5.1.5. व्योम˚ विहारिणः Pt.2.2; H.1.49.
    -2 exclusiveness.
    -3 an invariable rule or course of conduct or action; तस्मादेकान्तमासाद्य Pt.3.7.
    -4 exclusive aim or boundary. (
    -तम्) an exclusive recourse, a settled rule or principle; तेजः क्षमा वा नैकान्तं काल- ज्ञस्य महीपतेः Śi.2.83. (
    -तम्, -तेन, -ततः, -ते) ind.
    1 solely, exclusively, invariably, always, absolutely, युद्धे नैकान्तेन भवेज्जयः Mb.5.64.27.
    -2 exceeding, quite, wholly, very much; वयमप्येकान्ततो निःस्पृहाः Bh.3.24; दुःखमेकान्ततो वा Me.111; oft. in comp.; ˚विध्वंसिन् sure or destined to perish; R.2.57; ˚भीरु Mu. 3.5 always timid; so एकान्तकरुण very weak &c.
    -3 alone, apart, privately. ˚भूत being alone or solitary; विलोक्यैकान्तभूतानि भूतान्यादौ प्रजापतिः Bhāg.6.18.3. ˚मति a. devoted to one object only. ˚विहारिन् a. a solitary wanderer. ˚सुषमा 'containing exclusively good years', a division of time with Jainas. ˚स्थित a. staying or remaining apart.
    -अन्तर a. next but one, separated by one remove; द्वन्द्वं दक्षमरीचिसंभवमिदं तत्स्रष्टुरेकान्तरम् Ś.7.27; V.1. (
    -रः) a kind of fever.
    -अन्तिक a. final, conclusive.
    -अन्तित्वम् devotion to one object.
    -अन्तिन् a. devoted to one object only; अहो अत्यद्भुतं ह्येतद् दुर्लभैकान्ति- नामपि Bhāg.7.1.15. -m. a worshipper of Viṣṇu.
    -अन्नम् one and the same food.
    (-न्नः), -˚आदिन् 1 a mess-mate.
    -2 One who lives on the alms from only one house; नैकान्नादी भवेद् व्रती Ms.2.188.
    -अपचयः, अपायः Diminution by one.
    -अब्दा a heifer one year old.
    1 passable for only one (as a foot-path) Mb.3.
    -2 fixing one's thoughts on one object, closely attentive, intent; see एकाग्र.
    (-नम्) 1 a lonely or retired place; एकायनगतः पथि Mb.1.176.5; Rām. 3.67.23.
    -2 a meeting-place, rendezvous. सर्वासामपां समुद्र एकायनम् Bṛi. Up.2.4.11.
    -3 union of thoughts.
    -4 monotheism.
    -5 the sole object; सा स्नेहस्य एकायनीभूता M.2.14; एकायनीभूय Mv.4 with one accord, unani- mously.
    -6 One and the same way, similarity; एकमेवायनगताः प्लवमाना गिरेर्गिरम् Rām.4.2.9.
    -7 Worldly wisdom (नीतिशास्त्र); नाम वै एकायनम् Ch. Up.7.1.2. ˚गत = एकायन q. v. तरुणः सुकृतैर्युक्त एकायनगतश्च ह Mb.7.12.22. ˚स्थः With only one resource open, driven to extremity; शूरश्चैकायनस्थश्च किमन्यत्प्रतिपद्यते Pratijñā.1.7.
    -अर्णवः general flood, universal deluge; अयं ह्युत्सहते क्रुद्धः कर्तुमे- कार्णवं जगत् Rām.5.49.2.
    -अर्थ a.
    1 having one and the same meaning, having the same object in view; राजन्यकान्युपायज्ञैरेकार्थानि चरैस्तव Śi.2.114.
    -2 (Rhet.) Tautological (as a sentence); Kāvyālaṅkāravṛitti. 2.1.11.
    (-र्थः) 1 the same thing, object, or intention.
    -2 the same meaning.
    -3 N. of a glossary (of synonymous words); cf. एकार्थनाममाला.
    - अवम a. inferior or less by one.
    - अवयव a. made up of the same components.
    -अशीत or ˚तितम a. eighty-first.
    -अशीतिः f. eighty-one.
    -अष्टका 1 the first or chief Aṣṭakā after the full moon; एकाष्टके सुप्रजसः सुवीरा Av.3.1.5.
    -2 the eighth day of the dark fortnight in the month of Māgha (on which a श्राद्ध is to be performed).
    -अष्ठीका (ला) The root of the trumpet-flower (Mar. पहाडमूळ).
    -अष्ठील a. having one kernel. (
    -लः) N. of a plant (बकवृक्ष); A white variety of Gigantic swallow- wort (Mar. रुईमांदार).
    -अहन् (ह) 1 the period of one day.
    -2 a sacrifice lasting for one day. ˚गमः, ˚अध्वा a day's journey.
    -आतपत्र a. characterized by only one umbrella (showing universal sovereignty); एकातपत्रं जगतः प्रभुत्वम् R.2.47. ˚त्रां भुवम् 18.4; K.26; Śi.12. 33; V.3.19.
    -आत्मन् a. depending solely on one-self, solitary.
    -आदेशः cf. Sk. on P.VI.1.11. one substitute for two or more letters (got by either dropping one vowel, or by the blending of both); as the आ in एकायन.
    -आयु a.
    1 providing the most excellent food.
    -2 the first living being. एकायुरग्रे विश आविवाससि Rv.1.31.5.
    -आवलिः, -ली f.
    1 a single string of pearls, beads &c.; सूत्रमेकावली शुद्धा Kau. A.2.11. एका- वली कण्ठविभूषणं वः Vikr.1.3; लताविटपे एकावली लग्ना V.1.
    -2 (in Rhetoric) Necklace- a series of statements in which there is a regular transition from a predicate to a subject, or from a subject to a predicate; स्थाप्यते$पोह्यते वापि यथापूर्वं परस्परम् । विशेषणतया यत्र वस्तु सैकावली द्विधा ॥ K. P.1; cf. Chandr.5.13-4; नेत्रे कर्णान्तविश्रान्ते कर्णो दोःस्तम्भदोलितौ &c. and Bk.2.19.
    -आहार्य a. having the same food; making no difference between allowed and forbidden food; एकहार्यं युगं सर्वम् Mb.3.19.41.
    -उक्तिः f. a single expression or word.
    -उत्तर a. greater or increasing by one.
    -उदकः (a relative) connected by the offering of funeral libations of water to the same deceased ancestor; जन्मन्येकोदकानां तु त्रिरात्राच्छुद्धिरिष्यते Ms.5.71.
    -उदरः, -रा uterine, (brother or sister).
    -उदात्त a. having one Udātta accent.
    -उद्दिष्टम् a Śrāddha or funeral rite performed for one definite individual deceased, not including other ancestors; see एकानुदिष्ट.
    -ऊन a. less by one, minus one.
    -ऋच् a. consisting of one verse (ऋच्). (
    -चम्) A Sūkta of one verse only; Av.19.23.2.
    -एक a. one by one, one taken singly, a single one; एकैकमप्यनर्थाय किमु यत्र चतुष्टयम् H. Pr.11; R.17.43.
    (-कम्), -एकैकशः, ind. one by one, singly, severally एकैकमत्र दिवसे दिवसे Ś.6.11; ˚कं निर्दिशन् Ś.7 pointing to each severally.
    -श्यम् (एककश्यम्) Single state, severally एकैकश्येनानुपूर्वं भूत्वा भूत्वेह जायते Bhāg.7.15.51.
    -˚श्येन (instrumental used as an adv.) individually, singly, one by one. ते यदि एकैकश्येनापि कुर्वन्ति तथापि सत्रक्रियामभिसमीक्ष्य बहव एव कुर्वन्तीति बहुवचनं भविष्यति । ŚB on MS.1.6.45.
    -ओघः 1 a continuous current.
    -2 A single flight (of arrows); एकौघेन स्वर्णपुङ्खैर्द्विषन्तः (आकिरन्ति स्म) Śi. 18.55.
    -कपाल a. consisting of or contained in one cup.
    -कर a. (
    -री f.)
    1 doing only one thing.
    -2 (-रा) one-handed.
    -3 one-rayed.
    -कार्य a.
    1 acting in concert with, co-operating, having made common cause with; co-worker; अस्माभिः सहैककार्याणाम् Mu.2; R.1.4.
    -2 answering the same end.
    -3 having the same occu- pation. (
    -र्यम्) sole or same business.
    -कालः 1 one time.
    -2 the same time, (
    -लम्, -ले) ind. at one time, at one and the same time; एककालं चरेद्भैक्षम् Ms.6.55. ˚भोजनम् eating but one meal in any given time.
    -कालिकम् Once a day; तेभ्यो लब्धेन भैक्ष्येण वर्तयन्नेककालिकम् Ms.11.123.
    -कालीन a.
    1 happening once only;
    -2 Contemporary, coeval.
    -कुण्डलः (लिन्) N. of Kubera; of Balabhadra and Śeṣa; गर्गस्रोतो महातीर्थमाजगामैककुण्डली Mb.9.37.14. cf. एककुण्डल आख्यातो बलरामे धनाधिपे Medini.
    -कुष्ठम् a kind of leprosy; कृष्णारुणं येन भवे- च्छरीरं तदेककुष्ठं प्रवदन्त्यसाध्यम् Suśr.
    -क्षीरम् the milk of one (nurse &c.).
    -गम्यः the supreme spirit.
    -गुरु, गुरुक a. having the same preceptor. (
    -रुः, -रुकः) a spiritual brother (pupil of the same preceptor).
    -ग्राम a. living in the same village. (
    -मः) the same village.
    -ग्रामीण a. Inhabiting the same village; नैकग्रामीणमतिथिम् Ms.3.13.
    -चक्र a.
    1 having only one wheel. (said of the sun's chariot); सप्त युञ्जन्ति रथमेक- चक्रम् Rv.1.164.2.
    -2 governed by one king only. (
    -क्रः) the chariot of the sun. ˚वर्तिन् m. sole master of the whole universe, universal monarch. (
    -क्रा) N. of the town Kīchakas.
    -चत्वारिंशत् f. forty-one.
    -चर a.
    1 wandering or living alone, alone; अयमेकचरो$ भिवर्तते माम् Ki.13.3;3.53. Kau. A.1.18. स्वच्छन्दमेकचरं Mudrā.
    -2 having one attendant.
    -3 living un- assisted.
    -4 going together or at the same time.
    -5 gregarious.
    -6 (Said of certain animals); न भक्षयेदेकचरान् Ms.5.17; Bhāg.5.8.18.
    (-रः) 1 a rhinoceros.
    -2 An ascetic (यति); नाराजके जनपदे चरत्येकचरो वशी Rām.2.67.23.
    - चरण a. having only one foot.
    -चारिन् a.
    1 living alone, solitary.
    -2 going alone or with one follower only.
    -3 An atten- dant of Buddha. (
    -णी) a loyal wife.
    -चित्त a. thinking of one thing only, absorbed in one object.
    (-त्तम्) 1 fixedness of thought upon one object.
    -2 unanimity एकचित्तीभूय H.1 unanimously; ˚ता fixedness of mind, agreement, unanimity.
    -चिन्तनम् thinking of only one object.
    -चिन्मय a. Consisting of intelligence; Rāmt. Up.
    -चेतस्, -मनस् a. unanimous; see ˚चित्त.
    -चोदन a. Resting upon one rule. (
    -नम्) referring to in the singular number.
    -च्छत्र a. Ruled by one king solely.
    -च्छायाश्रित a. Involved in similarity (of debt) with one debtor (said of a surety); Y.2.56.
    -ज a.
    1 born alone or single.
    -2 growing alone (a tree); महानप्येकजो वृक्षो बलवान्सुप्रतिष्ठितः Pt.3.54.
    -3 alone of its kind.
    -4 uniform, unchanging.
    -जः, -जा a brother or sister of the same parents.
    -जटा N. of a goddess उग्रतारा.
    -जन्मन् m.
    1 a king.
    -2 a Śūdra; see ˚जाति below.
    -जात a. born of the same parents; Ms.9.148.
    -जाति a.
    1 once born.
    -2 belonging to the same family or caste. (
    -तिः) a Śūdra (opp. द्विजन्मन्); ब्राह्मणः क्षत्रियो वैश्यस्त्रयो वर्णा द्विजातयः । चतुर्थ एकजातिस्तु शूद्रो नास्ति तु पञ्चमः ॥ Ms.1.4;8.27.
    -जातीय a. of the same kind, species or family. ˚अनुसमयः performance of one detail with reference to all things or persons, then doing the second, then the third and so on (see पदार्थानुसमय) Ms.5.2.1-2.
    -जीववादः (in phil.) the assertion of a living soul only.
    -ज्या the chord of an arc; sine of 3˚.
    -ज्योतिस् m. N. of Śiva.
    -तान a. con- centrated or fixed on one object only, closely attentive; ब्रह्मैकतानमनसो हि वसिष्ठमिश्राः Mv.3.11.
    (-नः) 1 atten- tion fixed on one object only; A. Rām.6.2.2.
    -2 musical harmony, = ˚तालः
    -ताल a. Having a single palm tree; एकताल एवोत्पातपवनप्रेरितो गिरिः R.15.23.
    -तालः harmony, accurate adjustment of song, dance, and instrumental music (cf. तौर्यत्रिकम्).
    -लम् A kind of sculptural measurement. (
    -ली) an instrument for beating time, any instrument having but one note.
    -तीर्थिन् a.
    1 bathing in the same holy water.
    -2 belonging to the same religious order; क्रमेणाचार्यसच्छिष्य- धर्मभ्रात्रेकतीर्थिनः Y.2.137. -m. a fellow student, spiritual brother.
    -तेजन a. Ved. having only one shaft (an arrow).
    -त्रिंशत् f. thirty-one; ˚त्रिंश 31st.
    -त्रिकः a kind of sacrifice performed in or lasting for a day.
    -दंष्ट्रः, -दन्तः "one-tusked", epithets of Gaṇeśa (एकदंष्ट्रः) A kind of fever.
    -दण्डिन् m.
    1 N. of a class of Sannyāsins or beggars (otherwise called हंस). They are divided into four orders:-- कुटीचको बहूदको हंसश्चैव तृतीयकः । चतुर्थः परहंसश्च यो यः पश्चात्स उत्तमः ॥ Hārita.
    -2 N. of a Vedantic school.
    -दलः, -पत्रः N. of a plant (चन्डालकन्द).
    -दिश् a. living in the same region or quarter.
    -दुःखसुख a. sympathising, having the same joys and sorrows.
    -दृश्, -दृष्टि a. one-eyed. -m.
    1 a crow.
    -2 N. of Śiva.
    -3 a philosopher.
    -दृश्य a. the sole object of vision, alone being worthy of being seen. तमेकदृश्यं नयनैः पिबन्त्यो Ku.7.64.
    -दृष्टिः f. fixed or steady look.
    -देवः the Supreme god.
    -देवत, -दे(दै)वत्य a. devoted, directed or offered to one deity.
    -देश a. occupying the same place.
    (-शः) 1 one spot or place.
    -2 a part or portion (of the whole), one side; ˚अवतीर्णा K.22; तस्यैकदेशः U.4; Mv.2; विभावितैकदेशेन देयं यदभियुज्यते V.4.33 'what is claimed should be given by one who is proved to have got a part of it'; (this is sometimes called एकदेशविभावितन्याय) ˚क्षाण a. partly burnt. एकदेशक्षाणमपि क्षाणमेव । ŚB. on MS.6.4.18.
    -देशिन् a. consisting of parts or portions divided into parts. -m. A disputant knowing only part of the true state of the case.
    -देह, -देहिन् a.
    1 having only one body.
    -2 elegantly formed.
    (-हः) 1 the planet Mercury.
    -2 (du.) Husband and wife.
    -धनः a kind of jug with which water is taken up at certain religious ceremonies.
    (-नम्) 1 an excellent gift.
    -2 honorific offering.
    -धनिन् a. obtaining an honorific offering,
    -धर्मन्, -धर्मिन् a.
    1 possessing the same properties of the same kind.
    -2 professing the same religion.
    -धुर, -धुरावह, -धुरीण a.
    1 fit for but one kind of labour.
    -2 fit for but one yoke (as cattle for special burden; P.IV.4.79).
    -धुरा a particular load or con- veyance.
    -नक्षत्रम् a lunar mansion consisting of only one star.
    -नटः the principal actor in a drama, the manager (सूत्रधार) who recites the prologue.
    -नयनः The planet Venus.
    -नवतः ninety-first.
    -नवतिः f. ninety-one.
    -नाथ a. having one master.
    (-थः) 1 sole master or lord.
    -2 N. of an author.
    -नायकः N. of Śiva.
    -निश्चय a. come to the same conclusion or resolution, having the same aim. (
    -यः) general agreement or con- clusion, unanimity.
    -निपातः A particle which is a single word.
    -निष्ठ a.
    1 intently devoted or loyal (to one thing).
    -2 intently fixed on one object.
    -नेत्रः 1 N. of Śiva; (one-eyed).
    -2 (With Śaivas) One of the eight forms of Vidyeśvara.
    -पक्ष a.
    1 of the same side or party, an associate.
    -2 partial. (
    -क्षः) one side or party; ˚आश्रयविक्लवत्वात् R.14.34; ˚क्षे in one point of view, in one case.
    -पक्षीभावः The state of being the one alternative.
    -पञ्चाशत् f. fifty-one.
    -पतिक a. having the same husband.
    -पत्नी 1 a faithful wife (perfectly chaste); तां चावश्यं दिवसगणनातत्परामेकपत्नीम् Me.1.
    -2 the wife of a man who has no other wives; यो धर्म एकपत्नीनां काङ्क्षन्ती तमनुत्तमम् Ms.5.158.
    -3 the wife of the same man; a co-wife; सर्वासामेकपत्नीनामेका चेत्पुत्रिणी भवेत् Ms.9. 183. ˚व्रतम् a vow of perfect chastity; कामेकपत्नीव्रतदुःख- शीलाम् Ku.3.7.
    -पत्रिका the plant Ocimum Gratissimum (गन्धपत्रा; Mar. नागदवणी)
    -पद्, -पाद् a.
    1 one-footed, limping, lame.
    -2 incomplete. (
    -पाद्) m. N. of Śiva or Viṣṇu. (
    -पदी) a foot-path (for a single man to walk on). एकपद्या तया यान्ती नलिकायन्त्रतुल्यया Śiva. B.28.66
    -पद a.
    1 one-footed.
    -2 consisting of or named in one word.
    (-दम्) 1 a single step.
    -2 single or simple word.
    -3 the time required to pronounce a single word.
    -4 present time, same time;
    (-दः) 1 a man having one foot.
    -2 a kind of coitus (रतिबन्ध). (
    -दे) ind. sudden- ly, all at once, abruptly; निहन्त्यरीनेकपदे य उदात्तः स्वरानिव Śi.2.95; R.8.48; K.45; V.4.3. (
    -दा) a verse con- sisting of only one Pāda or quarter stanza.
    (-दी) 1 a woman having one foot.
    -2 a Gāyatrī consisting of one Pāda. गायत्र्यस्येकपदी Bṛi. Up.5.14.7.
    -3 Foot-path (Mar. पाऊलवाट); इयमेकपदी राजन्यतो मे पितुराश्रमः Rām. 2.63.44.
    -पर a. Ved. an epithet of the dice in which one is decisive or of pre-eminent importance.
    -परि ind. one over or under, (a term at dice; cf. अक्षपरि). अक्षस्याह- मेकहरस्य हेतोः Rv.1.34.2.
    -पर्णा 1 N. of a younger sister of Durgā.
    -2 N. of Durgā.
    -3 a plant having one leaf only.
    -पलाशः a. a single Butea Frondosa.
    -पाटला N. of a younger sister of Durgā; N. of Durgā.
    -पाणः a single wager.
    -पात a. happening at once, sudden.
    -तः The first word of a Mantra (प्रतीक).
    -पतिन् a.
    1 sudden.
    -2 standing alone or solitary. (
    -नी) i. e. ऋक् a verse to be taken by itself or independently of the hymn to which it belongs.
    -पाद a.
    1 having only one foot; तत्र शिश्रिये$ज एकपादः Av.13.1.6.
    -2 using only one foot.
    (-दः) 1 one or single foot.
    -2 one and the same Pāda.
    -3 N. of Viṣṇu and Śiva.
    -पादिका a kind of posture of birds.
    -पार्थिवः Sole ruler or king; न केवलं तद्गुरुरेक- पार्थिवः R.3.31.
    -पिङ्गः, -पिङ्गलः N. of Kubera; having a yellow mark in place of one eye; (his eye was so made on account of a curse uttered by Pārvatī when he cast an evil eye at her;) Dk.2.4.
    -पिण्ड a. united by the offering of the funeral rice-ball;
    ˚ता, -त्वम् consanguinity.
    -पुत्र a. having only one son.
    -पुरुषः 1 the Supreme Being; वेदान्तेषु यमाहुरेकपुरुषम् V.1.1;
    -2 the chief person. a. Consisting of only one man. तथैकपुरुषं राष्ट्रम् Bhāg.6.5.7.
    -पुष्कलः (रः) N. of a musical instrument (Mar. काहल); ततः प्रयाते दाशार्हे प्रावाद्यन्तैकपुष्कराः Mb.5.94.21.
    -प्रकार a. of the same kind.
    -प्रख्य a. singularly like.
    -प्रभुत्वम् sole sovereignty.
    -प्रयत्नः one effort (of the voice).
    -प्रस्थः a measure.
    -प्रहारिक a. killed by one blow. Mk.8.
    -प्राणयोगः union in one breath.
    -बुद्धि a. having only one thought.
    -भक्त a.
    1 serving one master only.
    -2 worshipping one deity.
    -3 eating together. (
    -भूक्तम्) N. of a religi- ous ceremony; eating but one meal (a day) Mb.3; Y.3.318. ˚व्रतम् eating but once a day as a religious observance.
    -भक्ति a.
    1 believing in one deity.
    -2 firmly devoted; तेषां ज्ञानी नित्ययुक्त एकभक्तिर्विशिष्यते Bg.7. 17. -f. eating but one meal a day.
    -भार्या a faithful or chaste wife. तामेकभार्यां परिवादभीरोः R.14.86 (
    -र्यः) one having one wife only.
    -भाव a. of the same or one nature.
    -2 sincerely devoted.
    -3 honest, sincerely disposed.
    (-वः) 1 one feeling, the same or unchanged devotion; दुर्ग्राह्यत्वान्नृपतिमनसां नैकभावाश्रयाणां सेवाधर्मः परमगहनः Pt.1.285;3.65. स्वतेजसा सत्त्वगुणप्रवाहमात्मैकभावेन भजध्वमद्धा Bhāg.
    -2 oneness, agreement. cf. एको भावः सदा शस्तो यतीनां भवितात्मनाम्
    -भूत a.
    1 being one, undivided
    -2 concentrated, closely attentive.
    -भूमः a palace having one floor.
    -भोजन, -भुक्त a.
    1 eating but one meal.
    -2 eating in common.
    -मति a.
    1 fixed on one object.
    -2 unanimous, thinking in the same way.
    -मनस् a. thinking with another, of one thought; ते निर्यान्तु मया सहैकमनसो येषामभीष्टं यशः Mu.2.13.
    -2 fixing the mind upon one object, closely attentive; गच्छन्तमेकमनसम् Mb.1.42.36. एकमनाः श्रोतुमर्हति देवः M.2.
    -मात्र a. of one syllable.
    -मुख a.
    1 having the face directed towards one place, direction of object; सहस्रं स एकमुखो ददाति Av.9.4.9.
    -2 having the same aim.
    -3 having one chief or head; द्यूतमेकमुखं कार्यम् Y.2.23.
    -4 having one door or entrance (as a मण्डप).
    (-खम्) 1 gambling.
    -2 a kind of fruit (रुद्राक्षफल).
    -मूर्धन् = ˚मुख q. v. Av.8.9.15.
    -मूला = अतसी q. v.
    -यष्टिः, -यष्टिका a single string of pearls.
    -योनि a.
    1 uterine.
    -2 of the same family or caste; एतद्विधानं विज्ञेयं विभाग- स्यैकयोनिषु Ms.9.148.
    -रजः the plant भृङ्गराज (Mar. माका).
    -रथः An eminent warrior; Mb.3.
    -रश्मि a. Lustrous Mb.4.
    -रस a.
    1 finding pleasure only in one thing, of one flavour; रसान्तराण्येकरसं यथा दिव्यं पयो$श्नुते R.1.17.
    -2 of one feeling or sentiment only; साहस˚ U.5.21 influenced only by rashness; विक्रम˚ K.7; भावैकरसं मनः Ku.5.82; M.3.1; Bv.2.155; Śi.6.26; V.1.9.
    -3 of one tenor, stable, equable; Māl.4.7; U.4.15.
    -4 solely or exclusively devoted (to one); अबलैकरसाः R.9.43,8.65.
    (-सः) 1 oneness of aim or feeling.
    -2 the only flavour or pleasure. (
    -सम्) a drama of one sentiment.
    -राज्, -राजः m. an absolute king; प्राङ् विशाम्पतिरेकराट् त्वं वि राज Av.3.4.1. a. Shining alone, alone visible; स वा एष तदा द्रष्टा नाप- श्यद् दृश्यमेकराट् Bhāg.3.5.24.
    -रात्रः a ceremony lasting one night. (
    -त्रम्) one night; एकरात्रं तु निवसन्नतिथिर्ब्राह्मणः स्मृतः Ms.3.12.
    -रात्रिक a. lasting or sufficient for one night only.
    -राशिः 1 a heap, crowd.
    -2 a sign of the zodiac. ˚भूत a. collected or heaped together.
    -रिक्थिन् m. a coheir; यद्येकरिक्थिनौ स्यातामौरसक्षेत्रजौ सुतौ Ms.9.162.
    -रूप a.
    1 of one form or kind, like, similar; आसवः प्रतिपदं प्रमदानां नैकरूपरसतामिव भेजे Ki.9.55.
    -2 uniform, one-coloured; Rv.1.169.2.
    (-पम्) 1 one form or kind;
    -2 The knowledge of reality. विमोचयत्येकरूपेण Sāṅ. K.63. ˚ता uniformity, invariableness; क्षणद्युतीनां दधुरेकरूपताम् Ki.8.2.
    -रूप्य a. formed or arising from one.
    -लिङ्गः 1 a word having one gender only.
    -2 N. of Kubera. (
    -ङ्गम्) a place in which for five krośas there is but one लिङ्ग (Phallus); पञ्चक्रोशान्तरे यत्र न लिङ्गान्तरमीक्ष्यते । तदेकलिङ्गमाख्यातं तत्र सिद्धिरनुत्तमा ॥ Śabdak.
    -वचनम् the singular number.
    -वर्ण a.
    1 of one colour.
    -2 identical, same.
    -3 of one tribe or caste.
    -4 involving the use of one letter (˚समीकरण).
    (-र्णः) 1 one form.
    -2 a Brāhmaṇa.
    -3 a word of one syllable.
    -4 a superior caste. (
    -र्णी) beating time, the instru- ment (castanet); ˚समीकरणम् an equation involving one unknown quantity.
    -वर्णिक a.
    1 of one colour.
    -2 of one caste.
    -वर्षिका a heifer one year old.
    -वस्त्र, -वसन a. having only one garment, in one dress (without उत्तरीय). (
    -स्त्रम्) a single garment.
    -वाक्यम् one or unanimous opinion; एकवाक्यं विवव्रः R.6.85 raised a unanimous cry; ˚ता consistency in meaning, unanimity, reconciling different statements, syntactical unity; प्रकरणाच्च ज्योतिष्टोमेनैकवाक्यता स्यात् । ŚB. on MS.1. 5.37.
    -वाक्यकृ 8 U. To effect syntactical unity, to construe as one sentence. तस्मात् प्रकृतानां... देवतानामन्यतमया देवतया प्रकृतत्वादेकवाक्यतां कृत्वा देवतामवगमिष्यामः । ŚB. on MS.1. 8.5.
    -वाक्यया 2 P. (with instrumental) To form one sentence with, to be syntactically connected with; न वै कृतं कर्म प्राकृतैरङ्गपदार्थैः सहैकवाक्यतां याति । ŚB. on MS.1. 1.2.
    ˚त्वम् syntactical unity. The state of forming or being one sentence; एकवाक्यत्वाच्च । Ms.1.1.8.
    -वाचक a. Synonymous.
    -वादः 1 a kind of drum or tabor (Mar. डफ).
    -2 the unitarian doctrine, monotheism.
    -वारम्, -वारे ind.
    1 only once.
    -2 at once, suddenly.
    -3 at one time.
    -वासस् a. Clothed in only one garment.
    -वासा A woman; Nigh.
    -विंश a. twenty-first; consisting of twentyone. (
    -शः) the Ekaviṁśa- ṣ&tod;oma; Av.8.9.2.
    -विंशक a. The twentyfirst; दश पूर्वान्परान् वंश्यानात्मानं चैकविंशकम् । ब्राह्मीपुत्रः सुकृतकृन्मोचयेदेनसः पितॄन् ॥ Ms.3.37.
    -कम् The number twentyone; Y.3.224.
    -विंशतिः f. twentyone.
    -विजयः Complete victory; Kau. A.12.
    -विध a. of one kind; simple.
    -विलोचन a. one-eyed; see एकदृष्टि.
    -विषयिन् m. a rival (having a common object or end in view).
    -वीरः a pre-eminent warrior or hero; धर्म˚ Mv.5.48.
    -रा N. of a daughter of Śiva, a deity.
    -वृक्षः 1 one tree.
    -2 a district in which but one tree is seen for 4 Krośas.
    -वृत f. heaven.
    -वृन्दम 1 a peculiar disease of the throat.
    -2 one heap or collection.
    -वृषः Ved. the chief bull; the best or most excellent of a number.
    -वेणिः, -णी f. a single braid of hair (worn by a woman as a mark of her separation from her hus- band &c.); गण्डाभोगात्कठिनविषमामेकवेणीं करेण Me.93; ˚धरा Ś.7; धृत˚ Ś.7.21.
    -वेश्मन् n. a solitary house or room; विप्रदुष्टां स्त्रियं भर्ता निरुन्ध्यादेकवेश्मनि Ms.11.176.
    -व्यवसायिन् a. following the same profession.
    -व्याव- हारिकाः N. of a Buddhist school.
    -शत a. 11 st. (
    -तम्) 11; अत्रैतदेकशतं नाडीनां Prasna. Up.3.6.
    -शक a. whole-hoofed. (
    -फः) an animal whose hoof is not cloven (as a horse, ass &c.); अजाविकं सैकशफं न जातु विषमं भजेत् Ms.9.119.
    -शरणम् the sole recourse or refuge (especially applied to a deity).
    -शरीर a. of one body or blood, consanguineous. ˚अन्वयः consan- guineous descent. ˚अवयवः a descendant in a right line, blood-kinsman. ˚आरम्भः commencement of consangui- nity by the union of father and mother.
    -शल्यः A kind of fish; Rām.5.11.17.
    -शाख a. having one branch. (
    -खः) a Brāhmaṇa of the same branch or school.
    -शायिन् a. Sleeping alone, chaste; Mb.13.
    -शाला A single hall or room; (
    -लम् A house consisting of one hall; Matsya P.
    -शीर्षन् = ˚मुख q. v. Av.13.4.6.
    -शुङ्ग a. having one sheath. (
    -ङ्गा) N. of a medicinal plant.
    -शुल्कम् One and the same purchase money (given to the parents of a bride); अन्यां चेद्दर्शयित्वा$न्या वोढुः कन्या प्रदीयते । उभे ते एकशुल्केन वहेदित्यब्रवीन्मनुः ॥ Ms.8.24.
    -शृङ्ग a. having only one horn.
    (-ङ्गः) 1 a unicorn; rhinoceros.
    -2 N. of Viṣṇu.
    -3 a class of Pitṛis.
    -4 a mountain having one top.
    -शेपः a tree having one root.
    -शेषः 'the remainder of one', a species of Dvandva compound in which one of two or more words only is retained; e. g. पितरौ father and mother, parents, (= मातापितरौ); so श्वशुरौः, भ्रातरः &c.
    -श्रुत a. once heard. ˚धर a. keeping in mind what one has heard once.
    -श्रुतिः f.
    1 monotony.
    -2 the neutral accentless tone. (
    -ति) ind. in a monotonous manner.
    -श्रुष्टि a. Ved. obedient to one command.
    -षष्ट a. sixty-first.
    -षष्टिः f. sixty-one. ˚तम a. sixty first.
    -संस्थ a. dwelling in one place; R.6.29.
    -सप्तत, ˚तितम् a. seventy-first.
    -सप्ततिः f. seventy-one.
    -सभम् a common place of meeting.
    -सर्ग a. closely attentive. (
    -र्गः) concentration.
    -सहस्रम् 11 or one thousand; वृषभैकसहस्रा गा दद्यात्सुचरितव्रतः Ms.11.127.
    -साक्षिक a. witnessed by one.
    -सार्थम् ind. together, in one company.
    -सूत्रम् N. of a small double drum played by a string and ball attached to the body of it (Mar. डमरू).
    -स्तोमः N. of Soma ceremony.
    -स्थ a.
    1 being or centred in one place; in one man; ज्ञानमेकस्थमाचार्ये...... शौर्यमेकस्थमाचार्ये Mb.7.188.45. Ku. 1.49; हन्तैकस्थं क्वचिदपि न ते चण्डि सादृश्यमस्ति Me.16.
    -2 close-standing, standing side by side.
    -3 collected, combined.
    -स्थानम् one or the same place; एकस्थाने प्रसूते वाक् Pt.4.5.
    -2 Standing closely; विपक्षेणापि मरुता यथैकस्थानवीरुधः Pt.3.53.
    -हंसः the chief or highest Haṁsa (an allegorical designation of the soul). हिरण्मयः पुरुष एकहंसः Bṛi. Up.4.3.11.
    -हायन a. one year old; त्रस्तैकहायनकुरङ्गविलोलदृष्टिः Māl.4.8; U.3.28. (
    -नी) a heifer one year old. (
    -नम्) the period of one year.

    Sanskrit-English dictionary > लॄ _lॄ

Страницы
  • 1
  • 2

См. также в других словарях:

  • The Pleasure Principle — Álbum de Gary Numan Publicación septiembre de 1979 Grabación 1979 Género(s) New Wave, Synthpop, Electrónica Discográfica …   Wikipedia Español

  • The Pleasure Principle —  Cette page d’homonymie répertorie les différentes œuvres portant le même titre. The Pleasure Principle est un album de musique électronique de Gary Numan paru en 1979. The Pleasure Principle est une chanson de Janet Jackson parue sur son… …   Wikipédia en Français

  • The Pleasure Principle (Gary Numan album) — The Pleasure Principle Studio album by Gary Numan Released September 1979 …   Wikipedia

  • The Pleasure Principle (Treat album) — The Pleasure Principle is an album released by the Swedish rock band Treat.Track listing# Rev It Up # Waiting Game # Love Stroke # Eyes On Fire # Take My Hand # Fallen Angel # Caught In The Line Of Fire # Strike Without A Warning # Ride Me High # …   Wikipedia

  • The Pleasure Principle (song) — Infobox Single Name = The Pleasure Principle Artist = Janet Jackson Album = Control B side = Fast Girls (U.S.) Released = May 12 1987 (U.S.) June 1987 (UK) Format = 7 single, 12 maxi single Genre = R B, dance pop Length = 4:57 Label = A M Writer …   Wikipedia

  • The Pleasure Principle (album) — Infobox Album | Name = The Pleasure Principle Type = Album Artist = Gary Numan Released = September 1979 Recorded = Mid 1979 at Marcus Music AB, London Genre = New Wave, electronic music, synthpop Length = 41:07 Label = Beggars Banquet (UK), Atco …   Wikipedia

  • The Pleasure Principle (chanson) — Pour l’album homonyme de Gary Numan, voir The Pleasure Principle (album). The Pleasure Principle Single par Janet Jackson extrait de l’album Control Face B Fast Gi …   Wikipédia en Français

  • The Pleasure Principle (album) — Pour la chanson homonyme de Janet Jackson, voir The Pleasure Principle (chanson). The Pleasure Principle Album par Gary Numan Sortie Septembre 1979 Enregistrement …   Wikipédia en Français

  • Beyond the Pleasure Principle — (first published in German in 1920 as Jenseits des Lustprinzips ) is an essay by Sigmund Freud. It marked a turning point and a major modification of his previous theoretical approach. Before this essay, Freud was understood to have placed the… …   Wikipedia

  • Pleasure principle (psychology) — The pleasure principle is a psychoanalytic concept originated by Sigmund Freud that continuously drives one to seek pleasure and to avoid pain. Its counterpart is the reality principle which defers that gratification when necessary. The id… …   Wikipedia

  • Pleasure principle — can refer to:* Pleasure principle (psychology), a psychoanalytical term coined by Sigmund Freud * Pleasure Principle (album), a 1978 album by Parlet * The Pleasure Principle (album), 1979 album by Gary Numan * Pleasure Principle (song), from Jean …   Wikipedia

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Прямая ссылка:
… Нажмите правой клавишей мыши и выберите «Копировать ссылку»